Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit B92-0279 - SOUTHCENTER MALL - ABOVE THE BELT - TENANT IMPROVEMENT, 173et-si up'ancVl: $TORE,.;_ Group -: 4 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TUKWILA,, ,WASI I I.GTUN.: 98188 �s�'d' `� .K Y K tiT� Rsl 4 r. :fit ek S THIS CERTIFICATE IS�S`�JED'' PUR YUANTj `TO 'FEE r�=R£QLiI,REME 0 ,,OF SEQflI'ON 307 OF THE .UNIFORM BUILDING L<,, A ' CERTi ' JY4TN'G' THAT AT THE TIM y�OF > �'ISS,UANCE FTHIS STRUCTURE WAS IN COMPLIANC� THE VARIOUSilORDINAf'tcES��O , THE4CITY JEGUi 1�TING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Of34 'E A lDiALL APPEICABLE C FIRE ACC ± DES: F THE F, x r 11 T t: BOVE THE B, E :1' ��x °' Permit B uilding Ad � 4' ' 115 SOUTHC LATER �}LL.> g Pa p : 4Z # G236''4 9023 � ,..,. . , e OUTHCENTER" JOINT {` VENTUR >>° Occupantn, L .at x Type of Const: a of TUkw1l (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Permit No: B92 -0279 Type: B -BUILD Category: ACOM Address: 1115 SOUTHCENTER MALL Location: Parcel #: 262304 -9023 Zoning: Type Const: III -N Gas /Elec: Wetlands: Water: N/A Contractor License No.: COMMESI184MK TENANT OWNER CONTRACTOR BUILDING PERMIT Slopes: Sewer: N/A ABOVE THE BELT 1115 SOUTHCENTER MALL, - TUKWILA`, WA`'.,98188 SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE ATTN: JAMES .J;'GUDIN, 25425 CENTER R, CLEVELAND OH 44145 COMMERCIAL STRUCTURES INC Phone: 206 246 -3939 13822 FIRST AVENUE SOUTH, SEATTLE, WA 98168 ********************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW RETAIL STORE Units: 000'•:` Front: Buildings;',001 Left Fire Protection <:SPRINKLERED .. UBC Edition: 1.991 . Total' Permit Fee: 1 °,,059 ********* * * * * * * * * * * * *, * * * * * * * *' * * * * * * * ** ****** * * * * * * * * * * * *,k * * * * * * * ** *: * * * * ** Permit Center Authoriz'ed.Signatur.e. Print Name: cuk-osE1- ',Date Type of Occupancy: STORE SETBACKS Back: Right: Status: ISSUED Issued: 09/23/1992 Expires: 03/22/1993 Phone: 206 448 -2690 Valuation: 100,000`:00 I hereby~" c;ertify. I have read and :examined t permit and know : = the same to b.e true and .correct. All provis"i lawand ordinance governing this. work Will be complied with, whether. specified h ere1 or not The granti`ng; s this permit does not :presume to: give authority to. violate or cancel the :;,prov i s i ons ,of any other'state; .,or local 'laws regulating construction;;,or. the'p.erformance of work. I am' authorized`` to sign for and obtain this b permit. 1 Signature: (.. =:�� Date: °i 'T,i t 1 e L,= 01111rJ*A This permit shall become i .l' and .v.oid i f ,the:*Ork. :`is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance.`' ar, if the:work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days the last inspection. PERMIT NO. CONTA TED • 5. _ f1 1,•1 DATE READY DATEN+.TIFIED n c '� `"I 2nd NOTIFICATION 1 BY: (init.) BY: (init.) A PERMIT EXPIRES AMOUNT OWING 4 rn (94 3RD NOTIFICATION BY: ( init. FIRE 20 PUBLIC WORKS O OTHER (z BUILDING - initial review O PLANNING O BUILDING - final review i REVIEW COMPLETED i :ewr 51 INIT: APPR ROUTED 0 1 INIT: MC.--- 8�2 + INIT: INIT: INIT : �, BUILDING( 'ERNIIT APPLICATION TRACKING INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that any time the status of the project may be ascertained. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending on to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted on the plans or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ". BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE /OCCUPANCY INFORMATION (to be filled out by Plan Checker) SQUARE FEET CC O. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET 000. LOAD TOTAL SQUARE FEET DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" in box indicates which departments need to review the projects y/ Q / q ZONING: REFERENCE FILE NOS.: ........... CONSULTANT: Date Sent - FIRE PROTECTION: I SprInkler lJ Detectors N/A FIRE DEPT. LETTER DATED: MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 0/ - 1- - 7(92-- INSPECTOR: 7 IBAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? fYes No S- Yes Date Approved - UBC EDITION (year): TOTAL OCC. LOAD (SPA) ct 1 SITE ADDRESS . n ? 1 \ 5)ct 1 SUITE #/ ) 'l( / .-•% VALUE F CONSTq CTION - $ Ama PROJECT NAM ° �� A S SOR AC OUNT # pro — 7 t - o TYPE OF 0 New Building Li Addition Tenant Improvement (commercial) Demolil (building) WORK: 0 Rack Storage 0 Reroof 0 Remodel (residential) 0 Other* DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: 7' ix4ri to4fv,677,il Df A Iit re/7 /Z_.7'f BUILDING USE (office, warehouse, etc.) . - z . frfi. NATURE OF BUSINESS: r T . ' ZIP* No 0 Yes if Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? PA SQUARE FOOTAGE - Building: Tenant Space: Z t ' 5/ Area of Construction: z /60 5 .. WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? No 0 Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: PROPERTY OWNER fic,o, ope45 , ./4 . _ � ADDRESS .2. G l✓70f'' 1 ����,,,,�� 4 7 G�tVA /' / ZIP --41/ CONTRACTOR .- - C---OM q w y , it U �� • - P ONE lb r - 3coci % I � ADDRESS ( ZIP qt.` 5-- ) 146 n � �`' "�- = � WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE —# Q lCL AK EXP. DATE ARCHITECT P.4 }OR Me/ ; fil,fi {/ 1l IS My PHONE (z0,044 .267 ZIP 0 ADDRESS z U �/ , • i i t CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 BUILDIN PERMIT APPLICATION DESCRIPTION BUILDING •PERMIT FEE: PLAN .CHECK`FEE BUILDINGSURCHARGE. OTHER: HEREBY. CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND..EXAMINED T HIS APPLICATION.AND KNOW T E:TRUE AND CORRECT, AND I I AUTHORIZED TO.:APPLY,` FOR ;:THIS .P,ERMIT BUILDING OWNER SIGNATURE if i/i)p, DATE OR AUTHORIZED ;/4I BU AGENT CONTACT PERSON DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED PRINT NAME ADDRESS /792... r, 7 /Wmj4- / l7 ! ` RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 3 1992 DAT E APPLICATION EX IRES Viz DA TE / PHONE &2,66) ,24a�a CITY/ZIP "'b p)/ // PHONE b APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. If you have any questions about our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Department of Community Development Building Division at 431 -3670. dpi '� r COMMERCIAL „.. . „ NCVJ COMMERCIAL s ailes. BUILDINGS/ADDITiOigs•• • • Assessor Account Number•• . . ..• ,‘ : • ::.: • : : • • . _ Two sets (2) of the following . • :: ',... . . . -•''''''''''"'• :Sped fications V :::: Structural calculations :'.::::.:::::::::,'::::•::.",":::.."...1".::'.'.....:::.::::,••::::::::i.:.*:'...•.:.."::::"....::: S tate li cen se d : , 7 .. • . ' h , •: ,. , : ai6 ":• . .. tt i : : ' ,..: .: , : i :: . : :: :: , ........• , ::: , ':.. • .„..artoit)ff% 661100P° ;,:::::::::::::::::.i;::::::...:':'.i::':::•"•::'••••••::::i;ivaihi fon: ...:.....:•• • •.. .. .::::::.:*::::...•••.....:...."„:,.......,::::„::::::.::::::::::.:•...: i ••_:•.• ...........•.::::::: :. ::,::::,::•:::::::::::..:,::::::::.......,.:::„...:::.......t".:.1ici...e7e.:...:;.,......,..,::.....:::.:...........;.:.::::::.,......:......,:,: I 1 .•••::::::•:. : .-:::::• ;.: : " ••‘.........•• :::. '. : • ....:::'::•'..::::::•.:' .:„.•:.:•::::::::::.::••::::":: •;:•:••• :",::::::::.:::::•:::::••,.::::::::::::;.•••••::::::: 1,,r91:,...or...1:,..!„...i7ai.....!...:......LA17....... ,..,.....,...:::::::.......... as,.,....g Sta .....: ! .... • •.. h st ...:.•...,..•. : ,.......:....i,:...„ : ... :::: : : . :: ,..... • ....,..,..... ...... ,. . ,. . ,., ::: ,. ........ , ... , ......:.:.:•••......:,......,::::::,:•:..., : ::: : ........ :: -•..., :::::: r '"• architect ••• ••••••:::.::::::•:::••••:•.:.:•., •••••••...':'•::":•:':':::::::::.:.:•••• :: •••:..."::•:.:.:::::::::::::::::::::::::':::::::::::::::::::::.::.....::•:::::::::..:::::: engineer or Legal d9 ..,,,.....:....:'...:„.....;:.:,...................,......... •,::......:..........:•...,::::.:::::,..:-:::::..•:. ,........... :., ......• • - - ••• 6 •-...; :.•••••-'ii ii■iiiritii:;.:6tamP Was hington State licensed :: .::::,..'... - -: .....•.....'..........::...:.:.:,:-.., • '.•-• • - • . :-. Working i l.i i O n o - i,', -. w r iiiOh.itiaiiiel0::•......„.:.... . ,. ....... "•: . Landscape Completed utility permit application (one for entire project) Si?c (6) sets of civil drawings NOTE:•See utility . . . . pe rmit application • a checklist for .spsdfic utiity..:.:.:: . • . • : • •.• RACtc.sTos■7,p 4 ...:: ..: ..:.• •:...,:.:.:-:•.-.,..,..:,,,., . ::::::....-..,,:•::.: ..,-.:-:::::.:::•;::::,....:.: :::::::::::•,.....,: .:::::;:::;:::::,:::,....,.... : ...: ... COratiletech:bitildihti permit application : "..::::::::::::•::::::::•::: AsSesSer: ,... ..,..„.,....... Account -... ,..............:...:....,:.. .: .:•:•...,:::::::::,::::,..:.:::, Adcotint.NUmbee . tvio . (?) 'sets of .,:::::,....'::: • ..... . :::: : -.:::::::::::,...::::::.::•:: • '''••••• " • „ plahs,:' , Which:inclu ....„..., .....:•••••••• ,,,.- -•,': ..,..::.,.:::....,,,....,...„.........:.•:...::::.....:„.„,,,,....,, :..,.,•:.„...„,........ : . .• Building ,..;.::::::::::::.:::::::.:::•::::,:::::•:•::::...1.::;,••••••... rack ,.............::,...:....,:.::,....,:;:-;:::::::....--:: . . ... flOor showing „:„.„. ,......,,,....„,.. • • will locat ... :•:. :••:::::::::::':::::Eiiiire space where .:::::.:,...:::.-•:.::.::::.;:'••••:::.::.•,:,:::,::::.•,•::::::::::::•.: .:•.::::::•:•::.:.•.•:.......-...:::,:.: •••.'.. .: •,..,::......:•.:.":•;_k::::::::,,,,.. ::;::"..:;:•:;.:;.:'Etilf.dOora::..• • ; •: i plan : •• :showing r ac k : . ... . ::.,....•.:::::;:•:;..,,,,..:::.. •.....,::..,.. ...,.... :::;.......,....:.... ..;,.,:i.......,.....::::::,,,,.;,:::,... :-.... ...i.:•.:•-•.: . ,,...,........:, Dimensio 9 . . . , . • . ::::::::', ...k..st0i*PY la . ::::•.•'.:*::...::-......::,.........-.:,i,.....--:':::>::.:::::.. ' f all aisles Tenant sp . . . .•:•::::::::::::::-..::::'....:•••• aisles • .:.!...i.•::::::•:•'...:',..' -•:'-'•:::::::::::',-:•:;:;.::::':,,:::••:::•:::•:••••• :""::::••::,..:•r•:::iioth . iiii? 1.•!'•!.?9 ----e'xits. . : . •••:•••••:"...:'H.!!.::::::::::......:,...-., '':.::••• .:••••••:::,:::....:-...-::::•-::::.•,..:.;•,...:::•;:..::.•,.:,... .•NOTE:"... . '• •".::::,":"..:••.„:•:.;•:.:",.,•"::.;::,"::: ' I •:,''.::'...:•.•..,',".-..."•;•.:.". '..%,.dimension irdio-lhig11 . 7 i 7 ,..:: . :::::. :: :' :'::J :::: .:::::::,.. . . • . . ..... - 1:::' , / • ',:... ' ,',.: i'." .•• • a nd exit WaYs.: : F - h • Olan:.; Stiiictura .......,,..• : ,... :....:::: . :: .:., .:.:%. - , by a : ..• . ,.....:•:::•:.:,;::.:;::::::::.,..:......,...,.::: ....:' • „ • .•'''' ': ..' :-. I calculations . . stam .. . .. ,,.....,. . ' (rack storage ,...... .. . a e.p.: and over) ?:•:„:„„:„:::: „„ :.'''. - „ . • W PW -... a licensed .. .. ..."„*. . . • . • .. . RESIDENTIAL NEW SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLINGS/ADDITIONS SU611/1ITTAL CHECKLIST C Architectural drawings Structural drawings ompleted building permit application (one for each structure) . . • , „ ' . .• .• „ Completed building 'perMit'applicatiOn (c.ine for each structure) Legal description '•.[ Assessor Number • Twiti •draWincja;•:WhiCh••:includa Site plan - _ (On plan show cloesr hydrant location Foundation plan Include access to building showing Roof :„.1.•:::.....„:•••••••: :,.. • . :, • Structural framinn plans • Washington State Energy Code data .. .. . . •... . : .. . ..• if.un • Ivo • • ••••::.• • ••. — (9. .c1 ;..1••• .; • . . . .•:.:• • :i;o•iii.91.4 ;•••:. • p •-• • dditionatt A site ,...:, appl .•engineer • tr.•4 .:' ... .0 .:° ••'. : 0 0440 attachm plans .1j calc ... rn: •• n .. : • •'... . iti.iii)i..oidrk ... .. . 1) . .. . . ., . ... 1 . iq f 1.. requ , ° t tP a'. ,• .. q 1: .,. . .. stamped ! ? .., 4 iii.. n .'. ..' °d 1 ,. • ' : :• • .. ' •:" : . s truct ural .' : :: :•,. . : ! ..' . • : ' : - ... 7 :g •• . • • Wa s h ington ''. • '' .:' .. . . • i • .:. : ...' ' ' •••:'. : •: . ..:. 1;;; li : ? - :.: ' :. . ••• 6 :' •• • i i '' . • : •.: • : : : i . I .. ! • : , ::i ! • : ..' :• :;. : I" .. :1 • : : '. • ' • 7. : L • • ......„.......:,:h.14:::: .:.:'.;'•.:.'....'•'.-;:'i4:6::.,: NO 1 , to 60,, 0,hei.t.. se ts ) . ., . ....:-.:::: /.,.::-::?'?;:::'::",-;..:..•.. - _......,.. _.. ' '.. • • • ' . - '.. ' ..... ..: .)::.:::.,:•-:".::.::.:::::.,..,..::::„..:.....,..„.,, . .....,.,...,,,::•.,..,.::::::.... . ,:::.:::::,:::: ....., ....:::::.....• .. . . .. .... . . . . :.::::. - •••••''''•:••'''''•'''''':'.' ,.. ;;,..): . .L.ij.. cle sCriblrig exiitirs9199.•.!,;::::••:::.::::::.::'::::::.••:•::::•::::.,.:::•::::::::::.::,:;:::ii...:.:::::::::•:.:::l.:::::::::::;:::::::',.;•-•:•:::;:':::::: . :, :. , 7 6 a r t r e - i i ii - 1101 , ig.199. ta 1 )d . , ‘ ;:: : ;'.. : :, .... : :: , : : : „ :" .„1 :1: ::„ .....:!: ':,,,: : : : „.. ::: : : :. : : : : : : :: : : : : ;:: : :: . :, ..... , :i: : : : : ::„ ,• ,, , :,.: : : : :„ ;::: n i: . ..:1 .6 ::: : / :'.: 1 1'. n . '•.: s . :.;• 0: ''...:.•'::: 0 ....: ti •':: 0: ::• 1. ):: :.* .•• •..f.:th•:•.9.: :p.".0:::•i'm''.i•ftr,i.,..:i.„.i,..o....:ii......•:::1,:e....f,f,.;.6:1.,ri:..1.:„....i.•ir....,E.1:5„:......:::::::., . . . .......:::•::::::.:::•:.:,:•,:',..:••••.:•:;:•;.:.::•:::::::::::••:•::':;••.::. :•.••:.:•.(:::,:::::::"::: :•.ANTENNAISAtELLITE DISHES ■■■■• Completed building'permit:applicatiOn .Assessor Account Number, • : , :•:Two•(2) sets of plans Which Site Plan (showing building and location of antenn.&/satollite dish .• • • ::• •IDetalls dish .anOmethodpfatta .... . . .. . .:. • . . Structural calculations ha stamped by a Washington State licensed • engirieerlinay . .1" . : . • • ••• • •• • •:, -- ' • .... Completed building permit application (one for each strucure) r-] Assessor Account Number ....... • 1 -i Two (2) sets of working drawings which include Site plan Foundation plan Floor plan • Roof plan Building elevations (all views) Building cross section Structural framing plans and plans must be submitted •.; „ .• REROOFS .. .. . . ... • .. •.••••"••••••• •••• • Gtur .: .:•ea'rnpletad4010rIPapp spv .• '..:Aiitissor•Account • material being installed Narrative descnbing existing roof, matenal being removed and NOTE A certification letter Is required prior to final inspection and si off ol the permit . ',•,•••••••••••,••••,.•••• • • • • • • . • . .::,::. Completed building penni. p Assossor Account 1)) • • •• ••••: . .. . : • ' .. k* k'* * * * *****k*Jr* *. ** k ** *** ** k*** k * *** **•k*** * * ** * **kk* CITY OF TUKWILA y" WA TRANSMIT k * *** ** rk******* k: k• k****** k******** * * *k *k* * * * ** ** *k* * ** *** *** 'TRANSMIT: Number:: 52000835 'Amounts 415.68, 08/13q0/121;,1/254 ,. Permit Na ::. 89 -2- -'O279 Type: B -BUILD BUILDING PERMIT - 'Parcel Na 62304- 90.25 Site' Address: 1115 SOUTHCCNTER 'MALL' Lac ation: 1115 SOOUT,HCENTER NALL Payment Method:: CHECK Notation: MURPHY VAREY In it : SAO i * * * * * ** **' ** ** ** * * * * * * *k* ** * * * * * * ** A ***kk* ** * * *fi * ** * ** I *fit ***E** Account Code Description Paid 000/545.8.3.0 PLAN CHECK -. NONRE5 4 1:56.8. Total (This Payment):` 415,:: GENERA 415.68 TOTAL 415.68 CHECK ` 415.68 CHANGE 0.00 2439A000. 09:07 r• *** r**.k****** k*h*** k** k * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * *k * * * * * * ** ** UPI OF 'TUKWILA WA ,' .: TRANSMIT r* k*** k*********J k•******* k************ titi * *k * * * * **sr * * * * * * ** TRANSMIT Number.'` 92001184 Amount:.`. :. 30.00• „ 10/23/92. . 124381 Permit No . B9270279 Type' B BUILD ,:'BUILDING: PERItb726 /92 Pasrcel. :No «; 262304, Site' AddreSS ;'.'.111 -i SOUTHCENTER. MALL • F:aymerit ; Method « `CASH ' ,Notat i, on:- DRYWALL INC ' In i t « 'SOY': �r * **** k**** r*.********* ***Ik k********* * * * * k * ** * * *k , * * * *?4h * * * * * * ** * *' Account; Code Creser pt i are Paid . • ;000/322.` l00 BUILDING -: NONRES 30.00' Total (Thi5 Payment). 30.00 Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance'. 1,089.68 1,089.68 .00 GENERA 30.00 TOTAL: 30.00 CASH 30.00 CHANGE 0.00 4603A000 14 * k****•* •**k *h*9c **** **h*****h* * *****k* CITY OFTUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT * ** *** fir * * ** ** h *Irh k****•************ h :k * ** * **h ** ***•k * * * * ******* *** TRANSMIT:. Number 9200102 Amount: 644.00 09/23/92 15 :03 Permit No: 092•-0279 Type: 0 -BUILD BUILDING PERMIT Parcel Not 262304.- 9023 °•;Site Address: 1115 SOUTHCENTER MALL Payment Method: CHECK Notation: COMMERCIAL S1 RUC In it: SLB * *** * *k * * ** 4****************** k****hk * * * ** * *iU** * *h * * *** * *k ** * *+i h Account Code 000/:32 0.0.0/386.904 Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: .Description BUILDING -. NONRES STATE BUILDING• SURCHARGE Total (This Payment): 1,059..68 1,059.68 .00 Pa i,d 639.."re 4.5 644.00 •ur +C,'� 09/23/92 GENERA . GENERA TOTAL CHECK Y • 639.50 4.50 644.00 .644.00 CHANGE 0.00 3650A000: 16 :06 Address: 1115 SOUTHCEN.TER MALL Tenant: ABOVE THE BELT Type: B-BUILD Parcel #: 262304-9023 CITY OF TUKWILA Permit No: B92-0279 Status: ISSUED Applied: 08/13/1992 Issued: 09/23/1992 0: ***********************.*****************************-*********************** Permit Conditions: . . . . . 1,.44o changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Architect and the Tukwila Building Division. 2. Plumbing permit shall be 0.w,41.0•proltan the Seattle-King County Department of Puk00:0444101 be inspected by that a g (If by;6 u d i ng aTr (296-4722). 1 A : n 4" , e. ..,..' 3. Electrical permit-shall be obtained the `Wo'.'S'Iti,ngton t a te Division ,,4 . La '',4n q, indu stries , and O 1.;* electrical Work w i l l 13:07.;,ilisp‘cikdP'Si that,00rry:'.(248=. 6,, 7,),..;=v 4 ,,,, 4. All me ch a 4 3 , S a I work 4 h a 1 1 v b e °Under SeiSti r a te '13 eriki X t ,.! - . the C i ty,Or TA w ,..;,., •"' ,,,. i:,: A „1 , "F ;.,.; i, . ‘f 'IA, '''kt''. , 5. All per$1,0s ..111.*pectj on ‘ repol•:‘p/alid, approved eSp sho I 1\Ao, maintained available at t..„Weiriab site, to the start of\,,,,s ,, f iv , k ,.‘, , ,1 any con$tr Oction.,,t ThesOdocurents.„, to be maintained aye i IWO e"-u.Kti 1 f) na 1 fri n.,. i s gran eed :'1 y,J 'grid \.1., 6 . Any / 1 0 w - ae , 14.. i ;Vng,: aria 1 i gh i n s t a l l a t i o n , 'i S,t,!*':4 r e q P 4 to ;Meet 1 aterOT requirements for Sel smii . `ee ! insulations bia Rn9 material : -7 shall have a ,,,, FlameN w1 . - . 0 N Z onA13 wr? ,•.,..„, 0 , 7, Parithti on wal axiap to de .6...tn,qpigr ip. mu ,..t be laterally brOed 1 • I f over eight 'feet in le'rlgt11 a AnyAxpd ' SpriMe RoO'ng:of'-25,.,9,17/./FesS;;;Ond material shal bear i d e n t i - f i c a t i o n 0 ?; the fire,fprt..ar,p)an,O.- thereof 9 .. A110onstr fan ta in Sanfiorina,W6e-yrith approved ..p 1 an:$\\a6A . \kr kg Larements of the Un'ffpr r9,s4tiuf-l ,: EditlaA ‘lia'eamelded: by the Washirig'iai Ceidel'.. 4.v.,..11. 4, , Uniform AI Mc ani . 1 ( ca Code 1991 Edition) ; and f 'n c A ' ;‘, f 0- , A i N, Washington -..— ' :Energ..fm;odep (1991 EditionY 1 ', \i 10 : ' V a 1 i cl i iii\ of , Permi t,.. - The issuana ofk„o periflit or. approval OW , .. p 1 an s , '4 i fi'sati on'S, and comp Ut.iti on so be son- ''s trued sl)ke' a permi ' or an approval of, any,,iii 1 - , violation ordinance writhe jarisdiction.... presuming t,,az v e . if f ell • 6 , of any ofttle provisions of 0 this code or of any ot • N% , A ..i authority om tolate or cancel the prpyisiOne of th,i„S;;; shall be van &w....s, „,,,. „ ,, 4 ,,.. 1 , 4 ,,,,,, , t, 0 C. iT i i, 11 . There shall be 'hti,. t;af,;'"the litt,i)Aing (s),„ the final I n s p e c t i o n 1 - 1 O 4 b ' t e - e . , n , „ ; c 6 m p l ' i t i A by t h e . . , 4 . 1 7 4 t i k r e B u i l d i n g Inspector. : . :,,,. 47,, '" 12. Final approval for al 1 tenelisilite,sttifin the limits of . the Southcenter Mall Expansion, are subject to the comple- tion, testing, and approval of its smoke evacuation 'system per Chapter 56 of • the„U. B.C. • ' : 13. A .CERTIFICATE' OF OCCUPANCY WILL BE REQUIRED FOR THIS PERMIT.. . . •. . , . • r : � ; � ype o ns.:.ir ., r¢,:; Special nsttucti ns: Date Wanted: // (.-/ 1) -- �f� am p, Requester: Phone No.: 0. a INSPECTION RECORD C) Retain a copy with permit " CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Inspector. Approved per applicable codes. PERMIT IV � (21 431-3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. 4 0' 1 Daie 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to reinsPection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., S'iite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ro ectf 1 SOV — The' L.'( Y. t g .. <tcl 1.)A t L t h1 L. Address: ulam J4„ Cev,Ler rnu1( Date Called: 1 (1 -142 Special instructions: �e;V15` eSt)O,A 'Fe WI I ice?, ce?, Dale Wanted: 10( ZL-> `ca CO. . Requester :. Phone No.: Zi4 4 - 73S9 N O. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (Approved per applicable codes. 1 BeceNo.: ,`AN$P..toTION RECORD Rotain a copy w th permit ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS o `t , - 'TA Pc: cs tCoM t. 1 lz314 nspector: $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 1 9F ini. - 4_ _ i4eLs_ ca kf., ce t Mrl i /554Niitt. el2/14F—e— Yt4 A I ) Date Called: ID— Spedal Instructions: Date Wanted: /0 Requester: ..-- R..., Phone No.: Inspector: Receipt No.: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD (---) Retain a copy with permit \- -- J Os 1 Tr) CO 1 P-RIT.X, P... to $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (0 03 Ero-cyaricl PERMIT NO (206) 431-3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Le o—,D3-9Q ro ectII ( ► ype o nspectio : AU Sp . « al Instructions: Date anted: 0 - ao 92. � ~:a,t dll�l Requester: y '� NW Phone No.: ,. . Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 tf► I (CM f drLo 67t._ 0 A (206) 431 =3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Si • ►,�U� - O . e -- ft■% (t.G WIT-4 nspector 0 saki •• INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Sultp.100:: Call to schedule reinspection: ".:•. • YPe � nspe.'f 1 • •ress: C• led $p •41 Instructions: Date Want . p ` ' �� `7 ` ) p.m, Requester: 10 , •- , /G�' q Phone No.: ,...1.4 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98186 COMMhNT5:'= C 4/6 // bi- nspector:. INSF REC ®RD } Retain a copy with permit ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. A „missimizortm ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE EQUIRED: Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. roe : r►i ' Ut F /01, , 01, ypeo nspect on: ((,fryt Address. / It 1 , 4 V � I 7. / Y' Date Called: . . Special instructions: Date Wanted: 0 Requester: J� Phone No.: 9 ,4,4, __ - 2 COMMENTS:, ' CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: (206) 431 -5670 nspector: O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 AMIMOKAIMANZ 41•11111M■ (. TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Gary L. VanDusen, Mayor Control No. _0 Permit No. Project Name Address / /f. l ' J-, i/ Suite # i Dear Sir: City f Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Fire Department Review Control #B92 -0279 (512) Re: Above the Belt - 1115 Southcenter Mall August 27, 1992 John W. Rants, Mayor The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC 10.505A) 2. Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag, pr label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire r�� Page number 2 City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. John W. Rants, Mayor 3. No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 3303(d)) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 3304(b)) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 12.106(c)) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain, free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 12.104(a)) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 12.106- 12.111) When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 3314(A)) City of Tukwila Page number 3 FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 3313 (a)(b)) Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. 4. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 25 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1528) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) 5. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 10.601) This review limited to speculative tenant,space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Page number Yours. truly, City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Any overlooked :hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation._ cc: T.F.D. ncd / %L The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau John W. Rants, Mayor August 19, 1992 David Murphy Murphy - Varey 1932 First. Ave. Seattle, WA 98101 RE: Above the Belt tenant improvement Plan check number B92 -0279 Dear Mr. Murphy: After an initial review of the subject project, it has been determined that additional information and /or corrections to plans be submitted to complete the plan review. Please address the following comments. 1. The proposed ceiling construction of the rest room appears as if it could be used for storage. Propose a method to prevent storage in this area of the corridor, signs, etc. • Plans and Specifications should identify rest room floor material to be coved up the walls a minimum of 5" per U.B.C. Section 510(b). • Provide lighting budget for new ceiling per Washington State Energy Code,( watts per square foot, allowed and provided ) Please confirm you have received these comments by contacting this office and /or submit revisions within ten working days. Feel free to call me if there are any questions, 8:30 a.m.:to.4:30 p.m. at 431 -3670. CITY OF TUKWILA Id: ACTP125 Keyword: UACT Activity Table Processing Permit No: B92 -0279 Status: PENDING Tenant,• Add re s '` c Base Information Parcel No: 262304 -9023 Owner: SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE Validated By: SAO Plan Ck Approved: Status: PENDING Applied: 8/13/1992 Issued: Active /Inactive: A Completed: / / To Expire: C of 0 Issued: / / Bus Lic #: CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW RETAIL STORE 1115 SOOUTHCENTER MALL ACOM (N= NEW /A= ADD /ALT Nature of Work: Location: Category: Zoning: Census Code: 0437 New Units: Streams: Slope: Wetlands: Setbacks - North: .0 South: Valuation: 100,000.00 Type Const: 3N Type Occ:23 UBC Edition: 1991 Occupant Load:52 F7= Update, F2= Previous Line, ESC = Cancel Update CITY OF TUKWILA Id: ROUT130 Keyword: UACT Activity document routing maintenance. Permit No: B92 -0279 Route: 1 Current Route Line: 4 of 7 Packet Units Description Station Status Received Assigned Complete aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Packet Units Action Station Initials Status Received Assigned Completed BUILD 01 01 C BLDG KEN Approved 08/14/92 08/19/92 08/25/92 Priority (0 /low..9 /high): 0 Regular hours (HH.MM): .00 Overtime Comments Hou 2 J C 0C ;I, ,' X TO TAL .'r w,X t'FI ,. 4fst ,3,[Exz 5 t h ,' ;r PI 7E 8[ 9[ 10( aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa E' 6. Eviz F1 =Help, ESC =Exit current screen. AND, COMMENT,. User: 1677 08/25/92 BUILDING PERMIT HE MELT r>'; ;s : UTHCENTERYML Type: B -BUILD Vers: 9101 Screen: 01 + SFR,DUP,TRI,APT,MH,COM,IND) Gas /Elec: 1 New Bldgs: Pub Own:N Water:N /A Sewer:N /A .0 East: .0 West: .0 Fire Protect:SPRINKLERED Not in table! Occupancy Grp:B2 User: 1677 08/25/92 BUILDING PERMIT HULL 24''92 " 14 : ' TERMINAL ELS BLD '728 -2318 MURPHY VAR EY 8.24.92 Ken Nelson: Enclosed Is information pertaining to your review letter for the Above the Belt store, Plan Check # 892.0270, Please note the following comments: '"'1. Will we post a sign stating, "This area to remain clear of storage" Sht A•2, ROOM SCHEDULE, Rm #003(Restroom) Floor material :. Sheet vinyl by Lonseal with continues turned up base of 6" with metal trim. Sht A•2, LIGHTING SCHEDULE, identifies watts per sq.foot, allowed & provided, Please let us know if you request this Info, In an alternate format, Call If you have any questions, avid J, Murphy Architect Ken Nelson Plans Examiner, City of 'Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 RE : ABOVE THE BELT new store, space 384 Southcenter, Tukwila PAGE 1 MURPHY VAREY No. 1100 Terminal Sales 91dg, 1932 First Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 (2061 448.2690 RECEIVED AUG 2 51992 COMMUNITY (DEVELOPMENT ABOVE THE BELT - New Store Southcenter Tukwila, Washington 8.7.92 MURPHY VAREY #1100, Terminal Sales Bldg, 1932 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101 • Telephone (206) 448: 2690: Facsimile: (206) ,728.2318 PROJECT SPECIFICATION Coversheet Table of Contents General Conditions of the Contract - AIA A201 Mall Criteria DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01027 Applications for Payment 01035 Modification Procedures 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Field Engineering 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01600 Materials and Equipment 01631 Product Substitutions 01700 Project Closeout 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02070 Selective Demolition DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08211 Flush Wood Doors 08305 Access Doors 08340 Overhead Coiling Grilles 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glass and Glazing 08835 Mirrors DIVISION 9 - FINISHES TABLE OF CONTENTS - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 09250 Gypsum Drywall 09300 Tile 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09800 Special Coatings 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10522 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL -- See Drawings T H E A M E R I C A N 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION., 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY ' ,13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEPARATE CONTRACTORS, '14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK't. CONTRACT This document has beenapproved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. . Copyright 1911, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961,.1963,;1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, ©1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N;W., Washington, D.C., 20006, Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the MA violates the copyright laws of the. United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions, ' CAUTION: You should use an original AIA document which has this caution printed .In red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as tnayoccur when documents are reproduced. AIA I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A201., General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT IG15 IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION ,WITH,AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGE!) W1'1'I! RESPECT TO ITS MODINCATION 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA' • ©1987 TI 111 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W,; WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. A201.1987 :1 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9 6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2,1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 4,2.3, 10 Acts and Omissions . 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3,2, 4,3.9, 8.3.1, 10,1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4,2, 13.7, 14.1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Cost, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Time, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4,3 9, 8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13, 4.5.1 Allowances 3.8 All -risk Insurance 11,3.1.1 Applications for Payment .. 4.2,5, 7.3,7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9 5.1, 9.6.3, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Approvals .... 2,4, 3,3.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.2,7, 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4, 13.4.2, 13.5 Arbitration 4,1.4, 4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.4, 4.5, 8.3.1, 10,1.2, 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Architect 4.1 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.6, 4,2, 4.3,2, 4.3.6, 4 ,4, 5.2, 6,3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.1(1.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility . 3,3.3, 3.12.8, 3.12,11 , 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4,2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2,13, 4.3.2, 52.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4, 9.8.2, 11,3.1.1, 12.2,1, 12,2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2,4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4, 9.4, 9,5 Architect's Approvals 2.4, 35.1, 3.10,2, 3.12.6; 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 42.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work .... 3.5.1, 4,2,6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright I.3 Architect's Decisions 42.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4,2.12, 4 2,13, 4.32,4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4,4.4, 4,5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 92, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.12, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14,2,4 Architect's Inspections 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4:3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Instructions . . 4.2,6, 4.2,7, 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7,4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4,3.7 Architect's On -Site Observations 4.2,2, 42.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 32.1, 3.2.2, 3. 3.3,3.5.1,.3.7.3,3.11,3.12.8,3 .12..11,.3.16,3,18,4.2.3,4.2.4, 4.2,6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.22, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7; 12,1, 13.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors .. , . 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect's Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 4.2.2, 4.2,5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, Asbestos Attorneys' Fees Award of Separate Contracts Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1,1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2,1; 11.4.1 Boiler and Machinery insurance 11.3.2 Bonds; Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Performance and Payment . 7.3.6.4, 9,10.3, 11 3.9, 11,4 2 A201-1987 9.82, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 10.1 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.1.4 6.1,1 INDEX Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization 1.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.2 Certificates for Payment 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9 10.1, 9,10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.3.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.11, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3, 7,1, 7.2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3:1,1, 9.10.3, 11.3.1.2, 11.3,4, 11.3.9, 12.1,2 Change Orders, Definition of 7,2.1 Changes 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK ... , 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 10.1,3 Claim, Definition of 4.3.1 Claims and Disputes 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9 3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.5.8 Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.8 Claims for Damages .. .3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1,2, 10.1.4 Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.5.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.1, 3.10,1, 3.12.6, 4.3.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3,6, 11.4.1 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1, 4.2.4, 5.2.1 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.1 1, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 11.3.5, 12.2.2, 13.7.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8,1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9,9.1, 12.2,2, 13.7 Compliance with Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1,,14,2,1 .3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1 Consent, Written 1,3,1, 3.12,8, 3,14,2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2; 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9,10.2, 9.10:3,10.12, 10,1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1 ,1.4, Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives . , .. 1.1.1, 4,2.8, 7.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3:10, 6.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4 Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.4 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1,14 Contract Administration 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 52, 9.2, 11.1.3, 1 1.3,6, 11.4,1 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 1.2, 7 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of... 1 3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.3.4, 4.5,3 Contract Sum 3.8, 4.3.6, 4,3.7, 4.4.4, 5.2.3, 6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9.1, 2 7, 11.3.1, 12.2,4, 12.3; 14.2.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.4.4, 7.2.1.3, 7,3, 8.2.1', 8.3.1, 9.7, 12.1.1 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • 01987 TI IF. AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCI IITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASUINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6,1.2 Contractor's Bid 1.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 6.1.3 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3,9, 3,18, 4.2.3, . 4.2.6, 8.1.2,' 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2,1.1 Contractor's Liability insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 2,2.6, 3,12.5;3.14.2, 4.2.4; 6, 12.2.5 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6,2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8,14.2.1.2 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect .. .. 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3,2.2, 3.3.3, 3.5:1, 3,7.3, 3.11, 3.12.8 3.16, 3.18, 4,2.3, 4,2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9,8.2, 11.3,7, 12.1, 13.5 Contractor's Representations . , 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12,7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9,3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3,18, 4.2.3, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14,1 Contractor's Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3,12, 4.2,7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3,6, 9.2, 9,3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10,1,2, 11,4,2, 11,4.3 Contractor's Superintendent Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 3.9, 10.2.6 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4,2.3, 8.2.2, 8.2.3, 10 Contractual Liability insurance 11.1.1.7, 11.2.1 Coordination and Correlation 1.2.2, 1.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications .. 1,3, 2.2.5, 3.11 Correction of Work 2,3, 2.4;4.2,1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.7,1,3 Cost, Definition of . , 7.3;6, 14.3.5 Costs ... , 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 4.3.6, 4,3.7, 4.3.8.1, 5.2.3, 6,1,1, 62,3, 6.3, 7.3.3,3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.3.1,2, 11.3.1.3, 11.3.4, 11.3,9, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12,2.4, 12.2.5, 13.5, 14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.6 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors '3.14,2, 6,2.4, 9.5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10,2.5, 10.3, 11,1, 11.3, 12.2.5 Damage to the Work 3.142, 9,9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10,2.5,,I0.3, 113 Damages, Claims for .. 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5,1.2, 10.1.4 Damages for Delay 6,1.1, 8.3J, 9.5.1.6, 9,7 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1,3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 42.6, 4.2.7, 4.2,11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4,5, 6,3, 7.3.6, 7,3,8, 8.1.3; 8.3,1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2,2, 14,2.4 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, 4,2.6, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9 1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1,3 Defective Work; Definition of 3 5.1 Definitions 1.1, 2,1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12,3, 4,1,1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6,1.2, 7.2.1, 7,3;1, 7.3,6, 8.1, 9.1,.9.8,1 Delays and Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4,3,8,1, 4.3.8.2, 6.1.1, 62.3, 7,2.1, 7,3,1, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.8, • 7,3,9, 8.1.1, 8.3, • Disputes 4.1,4, 4.3, 4,4, 4,5, 6,2.5, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.1.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1,1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 1,1.1;.1.3, 2.2,5, 3.11, 5.3 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions 3.2 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11,1.2 Emergencies 4.3.7, 10.3 Employees, Contractor's 3,3.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8 1.2, 10.2, 10,3, 11.1,1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and 1.1.3, 1,1.6, 3,4, 3.5,1, 3.8.2, 3.12,3, 3.12.7, 3,12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4,2,7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9,3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work 1,1.3, 1.2.3, 3,2, 3.4.1, 3.5.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4,3,4, 4.3.8, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.9, 8.2, 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Execution, Correlation and intent of the Contract Documents 1.2, 3.7.1 Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8, 7.2.1.3, 8.3, 10 .3.1 Failure of Payment by Contractor 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner 4.3,7, 9.7, 14.1.3 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2,1, 4,2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5, 9.10, 11.12, 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2.2,1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance ' 11,3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty and Warranties) . Hazardous Materials 10.1, 10.2,4 Identification of Contract Documents 1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10,1,6, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner . . . 2.1 .2, 2.2, , . 4,3.4, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2,6, 9.3.2, 9,6.1, 9,6.4, 9,8,3, 9.9,2, 9.10,3, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.3.9 Inspections 3.3.3, 3.3.4, 3.7,1, 4.2.2, 4,2.6, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1,1 Instructions to the Contractor . . . 3,8.1, 4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12.1, 13.5.2 Insurance 4.3.9. 6.1.1, 7.3.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9,.9.1, 9.10,2, 11 Insurance, Boller and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1,2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3,3 Insurance, Owner's Liability 11,2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy . . 9.9.1, 11 3,11 Insurance Companies, Settlement with 11.3.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2,3, 3.12.4, 4.2,6, 4.2.7, 4.2 12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.5, 1.4, 1.5, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6,1.2, 8.1.4 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required 4.5.6 Judgment on Final Award 43.1, 4.5.4.1, 4.5.7 Labor and Materials, Equipment .. .. 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3,12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12 2,4, 14 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5, 4,5.7, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13,1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6 Liens 2.1.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.5.1, 8.2.2; 9.3,3, 9.10.2 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder , , 4.5.5 Limitations, Statutes of 4,5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Limitations of Authority • 3.3.1, 4,1.2, 4.2,1, 4,2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 5.2.2; 5.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIM' • ©1987 '11111 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. A201;1987 3 Limitations of Liability 2,3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7,3, 3.12.8, 3.12,11, 3.17, 3,18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6,2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.10.4, 10,1,4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 13.4.2, 13.5.2 Limitations of Time, General 2.2.1, 2.2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.10, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.4,4.3.6, 4,3,9, 4.5.4.2, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.4, 7.3.4, 7.4, 8.2, 9.5, 9.6.2, 9,8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.2, 11.3.5, 11.3.6, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5, 13.7 Limitations of Time, Specific 2.1,2, 2,2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 311, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3,10, 113,11, 12.2,2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1, 4 2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.1.2,9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.6.5, 9.10.4 Materials, I•litzardous 10.1, 10.2.4 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12,3, 3.117, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.153, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.1; 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 1.1.1, 1,1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, Modifications to the Contract 4,1,2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2,3.1, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 12,13:7.1.3 Notice 2.3 2 4, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.3, 3.7.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.17, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1 8.2,2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11,1.3, 11.3, 12.22, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2; 14 Notice, Written 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3,12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.41.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10,2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.413.3, 13.5.2, 14 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Notice to Proceed 8.2.2 Notices, Permits, Fees and 22.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2:4 Observations, Architect's On-Site 4.2.2, 4.2.5, Observations, Contractor's 4.3.6, 9. 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 1.2,2, 3.2.2 Occupancy 9.6.6, 9,8.1, 9.9, 11.3.1 1 On-Site Inspections by the Architect 4,2.2, 4,2,9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 On-Site Observations by the Architect 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, • 9.4.2, 9,5.1, 9.103: 13.5 Orders, Written 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1 Owner, information and Services Required of the ... ; . . . 2.1,2; 2.2, 4.3,4, 6, 9, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 14,11 ,5, 14.1.3 Owner's Authority . ....... • 3.8.1, 4.1.3, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 7,3.1, 8.2.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 11.4,1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 14.2, 14.3.1 Owner's Financial Capability 2,2.1, 14.1.1.5 1 Owner's Liability Insurance Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 1 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors , , 1.1.2, 5.2.1, 5.4.1, 9.6.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4i 12,2.4, 14.2,2,2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 4 A201-1987 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3, 4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work • 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications and Other Documents • 11.1, 1.3, 2,2.5, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.11 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.6 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9,8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3; 9.10.4, 14.2.4 Payment, Certificates for ' 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of • 4.3;7, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4,3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11,1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11,3.9, 11.4 Payments, Progress 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9, 14 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4,2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.6.4, • 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11,4 Permits, Fees and Notices 7 .2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF • • 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl • " 10.1 Product Data, Definition of 312 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings , 3.11, 312,4.2: 7 Progress and Completion Progress Payments 42 2,44..33.4.4:99.32 9,6, 9,8.3, 9.10.3; 13.6, 14.2.3 P roject, Definition of the .................. • . ,.". .`. —1.1 .4 Project Manual, Definition of the .1.1.7 Project Manuals 2.2.5 Project Representatives 4,2,10 Property Insurance 10.2.5 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY • 10 Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5; 4.5.7, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13 1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13,5.2, 13.6, 14 Releases of Waivers and Liens • 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.2' Rejection of Work 9 Representations 6.22, 8.2.1, 9.3.3; 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 3 1 .1 9 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.10, 5.11 ,5: 311, 3 .9 1.2,1 3 2.; Resolution of Claims and Disputes 44, 4.5 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, Retainage 4.23, 6,1.3, 6.2, 10 9.3.1, 9.6,2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9,102, 9,103 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor y 1.2.2;3:2, 37.3, 3.127 Review of Contractor's Submittals by ' Owner and Architect 3.10.1,3102,3.11, 3.12, • 4.2.7, 4,2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12.5 Rights and Remedies . 1.1.2;2.3, 2.4, 3.51, 3.15.2, ' 4.2.6, 4.3.6, 4.5, 5.3, 6.1 , 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2:2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Royalties and Patents 3.17 RepresentativeS, AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION FOURTEENTH EDITION AIM' • 01987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: UnlIcensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to . legal prosecution. Rules and Notices for Arbitration 4.5.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2,3, 4.2.7,10.1 Samples, Definition of 4 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and :4.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10 •Separate Contracts and Contractors 1,1,4, 3.14 ;2, 4.2.4, 4.5.5, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12. 2.5 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12: I Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples . ... 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of • ' 3.13, 6.11, 6.2.1 Site Inspections ... 1.2.2, 3.3.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4,3.6, 9.8.2, 9.10, 1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect's 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4:2.6, 12 .1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of the 1.1 :6 Specifications, The 1.1.1,1.1.8, 1.1.7, 1.2.4, 1.3, 3 :1 1 Statutes ot•Limitations 45.4.2;12.2.6, 13.7 Stopping the Work 2,3, 4.3,7,9,7, 10.1.2, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials • 6.2,1, 9.3.2, 1 0.2,1.2,1 1.3;1 :4, 1'2.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS " 5 Subcontractors, Work by' 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.3,• 5.4 Subcontractual Relations 5,3, 5.4, 9.3,12, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11.3,7, 11.3,8, 14,1,1, 14,2.1,2, 1.4.3.2 Submittals 1.3, 3.2.3, 3.10, 3,11, 3.12, 4.2,7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9 3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10,3 ;10.1.2, 11.1.3 Subrogation, Waivers of 6. i .1 11.3.5 ,11.3.7 Substantial Completion . ' 4.2,9, '1.3,5.2,8.1.1,8.1.3, 8,2.3, 9.9;1,12.21, 12,2.2, 13.7 Substantial ComPletion, Dcfinition'of 9.8,1 Substitution of Subcontractors • ' 5.2:3, 5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect . :4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3,5.1 Sub•subcotitrtctor, Definition of . ; . ; . , . , , 5,1,2 Subsurface Conditions ' ' • ' '4.3.6 Successors and Assigns ' ' 13.2 Superintendent 4 , , 3.9, 10,4.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1,2.4; 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 4,3.4, 6.1.3, 6.2.4; 7.1,3, 7,3.4, 8,2 ;8.3,1, 10, 12, 14 • Surety 4,4,1, 4.4.4, 5.4.1.2, 9.10,2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 Surety; Consent of 9.9.1; 9.10,2, 9.10.3, Surveys • 2.2;.3.18.3 I Suspension by the'Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 4.3.7, 5.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract '4,3 :7;.5.4, i.I; 1 Taxes 3.6, 7,3.6.4 Termination by the Contractor . . ........ . ......... . Termination by the Owner for Cause • 5.4.1.1 'I'erniination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections , .... 3.3.3; 4.2.6, 4:2.9,9.4.2, 12.2.4, 13.5 TIME • 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of ' 4.3.8, 7.2.1, 8.3 Time limits, Specific . , . , 2 . 1 . 2 , 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.1 I , 3.15,11 4,2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5,.7.3.9; 8.2, 9.2, 9,3.1, 9,3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 1,1 1,3, 11.3.6, 11.3..10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12,2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7,. 14 Time Limits on Claims 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4,4, 4.5 Tide to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ' 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions 4.3.6, 8.3.1, 10.1 Unit Prices 7,1.4, 7.3.3.2 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1,3, 2 ;2.5, 3.12.7, 5.3 Use of Site ' 3.13, 6.1.1,6.2.1 Values, Schedule of • ' • 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9,10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor.. ..., .. 9,10.4, 11.3.7, 13,4,2 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9,9.3, 9.10.3; 11.3.3, 11.3,5, .11.3.7; 13.4.2 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2 Waivers Of Subrogation; Warranty and Warranties ' 4.3.5.3,9.3.3,'9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Weather Delays , . A.3.8.2 When Arbitration May Be Demanded 4,. , , , , , . , . , • .4.5.4 Work, Definition of . ......... .. . . 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.3.1, 3,12,8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4; 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9,9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, '10.1.2,10.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.1,4; 11.3:11,:13.2, 13.4.2 Written Interpretations , , 4,2,1 1, 4,2.12, 4,3.7 Written Notice • 2.3, 2.4, 3 9, 3.12.8, 3.12 9, 4.3,A.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 9.10,,101.2, 10.2.6,'11.1,3, 11.3, 12,2.2, 12;2 :4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Written Orders 2.3, 3.9, 4,3;7, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2;13.5,2 14 ;3.1 AIA DOCUMENT, A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA • © 19437.'I'I II: AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCI IITEC'(S, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W,, WASHINGTON; I),C: 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S, copyright lews end is subject to legal prosecution. A201 ..1987 • 5 6 A201- 1987 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS • 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior .to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modifi- cation is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Con- tract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contrac- tual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Con- tractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK • The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work per- formed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Con- tract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, sched- ules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents • consisting of the written requirements for materials, equip- meat, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled. for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. : • 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT . 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall he signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Docu- ments upon request. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a repre- sentation that the Contractor has visited the site, become famil- iar with local conditions under which the Work is to be..per- formed and correlated, personal observations with require- ments of the Contract Documents. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are comple- mentary, and what is required by one shall he as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Docu- ments and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well -known technical or construction indus- try meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- ance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Work to be executed by the Con- tractor is described. The Contractor dtay retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright In the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise Indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contrac- tor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are riot to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other proj- ects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL. CONDITIONS OE THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAa' • ©1987 TI IE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N,W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyrightlaws and subject to legal prosecution. Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub- subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to. use and reproduce applicable portions of the Draw- ings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in con- nection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (I) specifically defined, (2) the titles of num- bered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subpara- graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents fre- quently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and arti- cles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 2.1 DEFINITION ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enlorce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include.a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within five days after any change, information of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable. evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligaticros under the Contract. [Note: Unless slid) reasonable evidence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the Ar;reerrrcutl, the • prospective contractor would not be required to execute to the Agreement or to continence the li''ork.J 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,.legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assess- meats and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.4 information or services under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work, 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and respon- sibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12,2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically SO empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contrac- tor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out .the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven -day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven -day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven -day period. If the Contractor within such second seven - day period after receipt of such second notice fails to com- mence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such defi- ciencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Archi- tect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 3.1 DEFINITION ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the • Contractor's authorized representative. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF'19IE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOUR'I'EI:NTII Et)l'FION Aie • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INS'I'I'I'l.l'I E OI'ARCIIITEC'I'S, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WAS} IING'I'ON,'l).C:. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. A201 -1987 7 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not he liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsis- tencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Con- tractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a .recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contrac- tor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such perfor- mance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction. 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field mea- surements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents beiore commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2,3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pur- suant to Paragraph 3.12. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construc- tion means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Con- tract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instruc- tions concerning these matters. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to per - form the Work in accordance. with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of por- tions of Work already performed under this Contract to deter- mine that such portions are in proper condition to receive sub- sequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equip- ment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorpo- rated or to be incorporated in the Work. 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The • Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 8 A201 -1987 3.5 • WARRANTY • 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permit- ted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these require- ments, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3.6 • TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Con- tractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go Into effect. 3,7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids arc received or nego- tiations concluded, 3.7,2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents arc in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regula- tions. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be con- trary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs, . 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in . the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required . to employ persons or entities against which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. . • 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: •.1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all .required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; • AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA$ • J 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITU'rE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.; WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution, .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs; overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall he included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superinten- dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work, The superinten- dent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Con- tractor, Important communications shall be confirmed in writ- ing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Con- tract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall he related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practi- cable execution of the Work, 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordi- nated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The . Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules, 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order, and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Prod- uct Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Archi- tect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, per- formance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work, 3.12,3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar sub- mittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their sub- mittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reason- able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate con- tractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submit- tal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents, 3.12,8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation, The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Draw- ings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Archi- tect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents, 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifi- cations, 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations • at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. • 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14,1 The Contractor shall he responsible • for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14,2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the. Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or other- wise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contrac- tor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GEiNERAI. CONDITIONS OF rite CON'I'RAC. r FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOUR'rEEN'I'l I EDITION AIA • ©1987 it: AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW 1'OItK AVENUE, N.W., WASIIING'rON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S, copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. A201 -1987 9 Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unrea- sonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surround- ing area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or prod- uct of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has rea- son to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION • 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify.and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Archi- tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- ing but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, dam- age; loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose. acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party . indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnifica- tion obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability • benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3A8 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Archi- 10 A201 - 1987 tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifica- tions, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed.to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture Iden- tified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not he restricted, modified or extended without written consent of Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unrea- sonably withheld. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Con- tractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representathve (I) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Para- graph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicat- ing that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on- site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph . 3.3. The Architect will not he responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Con- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENl ItAt. CONDI'T'IONS OF.THE CONTRACT FOR CONsTkuC'rioN • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA* • ©1%17 'rite AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCI ll'I'ECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2OO(6 WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. tractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons.performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administra- tion. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially autho- rized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communi- cate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Commu- nications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementa- tion of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good. faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to duty or responsibility of the Archi- tect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons perform- ing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Docu- ments. The Architect's action will he taken with such reason- able promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the , Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing ufficient time in the Architect's professional Judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submit - tals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3,3, 35 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of-safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construc- tion Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4, 4.2,9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date' or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the'requirements of the Contract Documents, 4.2.10• if the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will pro- vide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The • duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall he as set forth in an exhibit to be incorpo- rated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concern- ing performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contrac- tor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall he fur- nished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to fur- nish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a-matter of right, adjustment or interpre- tation of Contract terms, payment of money; extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in ques- tion between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relat- ing to the Contract. Claims must he made by written notice, The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A deci- sion by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4,4.4, shall be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or.litigation of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising prior to the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been com- pleted. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect- has failed to take action required under Subparagraph 4.4,4 within 30 days after the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien, AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAI. CONDI'T'IONS OF TI 111 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTIi EDITION AIM' • @l987 TI1E AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW 1'ORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must he made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. A201-1987 11 4.3.4 • Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final reso- lution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with perfor- mance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security Interests or encumbrances aris- ing out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- ditions are encountered at the site which are (I) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materi- ally from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which dif- fer materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions, The Archi- tect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner . and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- mination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Para- graph 10.3: If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a writ- ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- tect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be' given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. in the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is 'necessary. 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather. conditions are the basis for aClaim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall he given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for addi- tional cost.or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- tect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.4.3 If a Clain has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten clays after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration, Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both, If there is a surety and there appears to he a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.5 ARBITRATION 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accor- dance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as provided in. Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CON'T'RACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION 12 A201 -1987 Me • 01987 'H IE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASI IINW'ON, D.C. 21)006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. „. 4,5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4,4 shall, if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association cur- rently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Con- tractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.5.3 Contract Performance During Arbitration. During arbi- tration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbi- tration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (I) the date on which the Architect has rendered a final written deci- sion on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have pre- sented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events described in Subparagraph 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 clays after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the • Owner and Contractor, If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration pro- ceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.5.4.2 A' demand for arbitration shall be Made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4,1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would he barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. • 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultats, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agree- ment and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contrac- tor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a, separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an orig- inal third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is Insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The fore- going agreement to arbitrate.and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under appli- cable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof, . 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitra- tion is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails to include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall he final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 5.1 DEFINITIONS ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcon- tractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as prac- ticable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or enti- ties (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal por- tion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Con- tractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reason- able objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed per- son or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made rea sortable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not he required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a • person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall he Increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However, no • increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENF.RAI. CONDII'tONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONS'TRUCT'ION • FOURTEEN'rII EDITION AIA 1 • ©1987 AMERICAN tNsTrrtrrii OF AItcI II't'ECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.VV., WASI IINGTON, D.C. 28006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.B. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. A201 -1987 13 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Docu- ments, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcon- tract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract' agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -sub- contractors. The Contractor shall make available to each pro- posed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and condi- tions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may he at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Para- graph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcon- tractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating'to the Contract. . 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the•Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other por- tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by • the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided else - where in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded .for different.por- tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. 14 A201 - 1987 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activi- ties of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them, The Contractor shall participate with other separate con- tractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction sched- ules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to he used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Condi- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate con- tractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activi- ties and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's con- struction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or sepa- rate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable, 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsi- ble therefor.. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrong- fully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially com- pleted construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be sub- ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. • 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3,14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate con- tractors • and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surround - ing.area free from waste materials and rubbish as described' in Paragraph 3.1 5, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just, MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAI. CONDI'I'IUNS OF Ti lti CON'I'RAc'r FoR CONSTRUCTION • Fouwt Ia NTI I EDITION AIA°' • ©1987 TIIE AMIERICAN INS'I'Fi' OF AitctirriiC'rs, 1735 NEW-YORK AVENUE, N,W., WASIIING'I'ON, D.C, 200 (xi WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK • 7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execu- tion of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere In the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and ,Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not he agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under appli- cable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contrac- tor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally con- templated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Con- struction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: • .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments t� the Contract Soul may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order pre- pared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without Invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of addi- tions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Con- tract Time being adjusted accordingly, 7,3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be. used In the absence of total agreement on the terms ofa Change Order, 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall he based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the. Contract Documents or sub - sequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percent- age fee; or • .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the pro- posed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contrac- tor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, includ- ing adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- tive immediately and 'shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Archi- tect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, includ- ing, in case of an increase' in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including 'social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, includ- ing cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; • .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of • hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others;' • .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and • .5 additional costs of supervision and field'office person- nel directly attributable to the change. 7,3,7 Pending final . determination of cost to the • Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contrac- tor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as con- firmed by • the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 7.3.8 if the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, •the adjustment or the method shall be referred the Architect for determination. to 7.3,9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the deter- mination made by 'the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agree- ment upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall•he recorded by preparation and execu- tion of an appropriate Change Order, AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GEN1iiuAl. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTII EDITION AIP' • tU' 19H7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCJIITEC'1'S, 1735 NEW.YORIS AVENUE, N.W., WASIIINGTON, D.C. 204106 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S, copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution, A201 -1987 15 7.4 . MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Con- tract Documents. for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in. the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise'specifically defined. . 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Con- tractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work, 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agree- ment or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely com- mence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article I i to he furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance: Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely tiling of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with ade- quate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME . 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by. labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order fir Such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 ' does not preclude recovery of dam- ages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. 16 A201-1987 ARTICLE 8 TIME ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, includ- ing authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and sup- ported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be usedas a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applica- tions for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accorda with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for pay- ment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason, 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incor- poration in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner,. payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing: Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's Interest, and shall include applicable Insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site, 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title'to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, Information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work, 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1. The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION. AIA'° • © 19147 TI Ili AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCI IITECTS, 17.35 NEW YORK'AVENUE, N.W., WASI IINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contrac- tor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the befit of the Architect's knowl- edge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accor- dance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing•representa- tions are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,,to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect, The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount. certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Pay - ment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies.of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and .other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- tor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may 'decide not to certify payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made, If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner, The Archi- tect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such, extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicat- ing probable filing of such claims; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- pleted within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification 'will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 .After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's por- tion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- tor, If practicable, information regarding percentages of com- pletion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of por- tions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall he treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6,2, 9,6,3 and 9.64. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through, no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount cer- tified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Con - tractor may, upon.seven additional days' written notice .to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended: appropriately ' and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start -up, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is suffi- ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a por- tion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of Items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to com- plete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work In accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will snake an Inspection to determine whether the Work or desig- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TIIE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION • Ale • © 1987 If IE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCI 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, DC, 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is sublect to legal prosecution. A201.1987 17 noted portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contrac- tor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Com- pletion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date ofSuh- stantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all Items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Con- tract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall he sub- mitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written accep- tance of responsibilities assigned to them In such Certificate. 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor ancl. certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or por- tion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents, 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or par- tially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contrac- tor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by .the insurer as required under Subparagraph .11.3.11 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, Such partial occupancy or use may commence • whether or not the portion Is substantially •complete, provided the Owner and. Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any; secu rity, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and Insur- ance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period forcor- rection of • the Work and • commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9,8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occu- pancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agree- ment between the Owner a nd Contractor or, if no agreement Is reached, by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall Jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion' or portions of the Work shall not constitute accep -, tance of Work • not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make. such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work accept- able under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- formed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contrac- tor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled, 9.10.2 Neither final payrnent nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidenc- ing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the Insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security Interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and In such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcon- tractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to Pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. . 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final com- pletion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without tertninating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully com- pleted or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Con- tract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that por- tion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submit- ted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims, The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Sub- paragraph 4.3.5. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Sub- contractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to • the waiver described In Subparagraph 4.3.5. : AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEEE..NTl1 EDITION 18 'A201 -1987 AIA•' • O1987 TIIE AMERICAN INS'T'ITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20016 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and la subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating; main- taining and supervising all safety precautions and programs In connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.1.2 In the event the. Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing, The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCI3) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlori- nated biphenyl (PCI3), or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with final deterininatlon by the Architect on which arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4. 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article 7 to perlbrm without consent any Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCI3). 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Archi- tect's consultants and. agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- ing but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCI3) and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, k or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work Itself) including Toss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions Of the Owner, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Owner or anyime for whose acts the Owner may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, Toss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions, for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage; •injury or Ions to: ..1 . employees on the Work and other persons who may • be affected thereby;.. .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo- rated therein; • whether In storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control (tithe Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub•subcontrac- tors; and ,3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, 'shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, • structures and utilities not designated for removal, relo- cation or replacement in the course of construction. • 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection front damage, injury or loss. • 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reason- able safeguards for safety and protection, Including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners .and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or Toss Insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or In part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub- subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 1 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or Toss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or Indirectly employed by either ol'them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may he liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.1£3. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of 'accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not Toad or permit any part of the construction or site .to be loaded so as to endanger Its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 in an emergency affecting safet.yof persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to pre- vent threatened damage, Injury or loss. Additional compensa- tion or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided it Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. 11.1 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally, liable, whether such operations be by the Contactor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TIIE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTIW..NTII EDITION Ale • 01987 TIIE AMERICAN INS'I'I'l'IJTE OFARCIIITEC'i'S, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASI IING'I'ON, I) C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright lawa and Is subject to legal prosecution. .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, • disability benefit autd. other similar employee; benefit acts . which are applicable to the Work to be performed; A201 -1987 19 .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupa- tional sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Con- tractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a.person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to eMployment of such Person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of Injury to or destruction of tangible prop- erty,. including Toss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of owner- ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance appli- cable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 1 1.1.1 shall he written for not Tess than limits of liability specified in the Con - tract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage, is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall he maintained without interruption from date Of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be main- tained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance. policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under. the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 clays' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are requiredto remain In force after final payment' and are reason- ably aivailable, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning. reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner niay purchase and maintain other insurance for self - protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain; in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Con• tract Sum as well as subsequent 'modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without vol- untary deductibles.' Such property insurance shall be nrin- tained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries ofsuch'insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9:10 or until no person or entity WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and le eublect to legal prosecution. other than the (_)caner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph' 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. '['his insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all -risk policy form and shall instire against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false - work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not he required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3:1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such prop- erty insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to con of the Work, The Contractor may then effect insurance. which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change,Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contrac- tor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to pur- chase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reason- able costs properly attributable thereto, 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deducti- bles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deduc- tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions.of the Work in transit.: 11.3.2 Boller and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and Maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which 'shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final ;acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance.. The Owner, at the. Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss. of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused: The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however. caused. 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance fbr risks other than those described herein or for other special haz- ards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall . be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERA(. CONDI'T'IONS Olt THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTF.ENTII EDI I'iON 20 A201.1987 AIA • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCIiITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE; NAF., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 C 1 i i i 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adja- cent to the site by property insurance.under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prop- erty insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- ect' during the construction period, the Owner shall 'waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall. provide .this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6.Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required. by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, defini- tions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writ- ten notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcon- tractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their sub- contractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work; except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontrac- tors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor, of other- parties enum- erated herein. The policies,shall provide such waivers of subro- gation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as,to a person or entity even though that per- son or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the Insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner. as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11,3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds, received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their 'Sub - subcontractors In similar manner,. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party In interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account pro- ceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in.accor- dancc with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or,ln accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5, If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of dam -. aged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order, 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of Toss to the Owner's exercise of this, power; if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of Insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with 'Paragraph 9.9 sh not commence until the insurance company 6r com- panies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contrac- tor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Con- tract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipu- lated in bidding 'requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.4.2 Upon the request .of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obliga- tions arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 • UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncover- ing and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner, If such .Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor. shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2' CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2,1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or alter Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, Installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspec- thins and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 lf, within one year after the date of Substantial .Comple- tion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date AIA DOCUMENT A201 • (GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TIIii CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA* • 019E7 TI AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCIll'I'ECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHING'T'ON, D.C. 20006 A201-1987 21 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. for commencement of warranties established under Sub- paragraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not i accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written accep- tance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substan- tial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive accep- tance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after dis- covery of the condition. 12.2.3 The 'Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which arc not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accor- dance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reason- able time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Con- tractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby: If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor ,shall pay the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Con- tract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be con- strued to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor night have under the Con- tract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may he commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- tractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not In accordance with the requirements of the Contract Doctunents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and cor- rection, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. 22 A201-1987 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind them- selves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- tives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Con- tract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other, If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE ARTICLE 13 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Docu- ments and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,' except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordi- nances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless other- wise provided, the Contractor shall Make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent test- ing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals, The Contractor shall give,the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspec- tions are'tb be made so the Architect may observe such proce- dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations' concluded, 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having Jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require addi- tional testing, inspection or approval not included under Sub - paragraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing; inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely. notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF TI IF. CONTRACT FOR CONS'T'RUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIM' • ©1987 Tin.: AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFAIIC1IITECI :S, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Sub- paragraph 13.5.3. 13,5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established' by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation' for the Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If. the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Con- tract Documents shall he made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Docu- ments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substan- tial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events • not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certify cate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occur- ring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certifi- cate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issu- ance of the final Certificate for Payment, any appli- cable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR .. 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor, for any of the following 'reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public author- ity having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total num. her of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less; or .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters impor- tant to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or falls to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, reg- ulations or orders of a public authority having juris- diction; or .4 otherwise Is guilty of substa breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2. When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to Jus- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF '1'111 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUC'T'ION • FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAa • ©1987'1'HG AMIiRICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASI IINc'1'ON, D.C, 200(k WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal pmsecution. A201.1987 23 dry such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's siiietY; if ariyc' even days':iVrittelf iiOtiee, termi- nate employment of the Contractor may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take posseslOn Of the site and of all materials, equip- ment, tools, and construction equipment and tnachin- , -,.ery,.thereon owned by the Contractor; ,• .2 )accept assignment, of ,subcontracts pursuant to Para graph5,4; and , , Y.3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the • Owner may deem expedient. 142 3 When the Owner tertninates'the Coritract for One of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be 'entitled ' to receive further payment until the Work is finished, •'''" 14.2.4 It the unpaid balance of the 'Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing:the Work, . including compensation for the Archi- tect's : services ; andexpenks made necessary thereby, such excess shall bcpaicl,to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay, the difference to the ' • • • '• . Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect,,upon appli- cation, and this obligation for payment shall survive termina- tion of the Contract. :'" 14.3 SUSPENSION THE OWNER . , ,• • • • FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1: The Owner may,,without.cause; order the Contractor In writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or In part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. . 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in,the cost.of, performance of the Contract, including profit on theiriCrea.5ed cost of performane, caused by suspension, delay or interrup- tion. No adjustment shall be made to theextent; 1 that performance is, was or would have been so sus- • pended, delayed'or interrupted by another cause fOr which the Contractor is responsible; or .. 2 that an equitable adjustment is 'made 6c-denied under another provision of this Contract, 14.3.3 Adjustmhts made in the cost of performance may.have a 'rhinually: agreed fixed or percentage fee. '. • • • , . • . . . . . ::; AIA DOCUMENT'A201• ilERAt. tiONDI'l'IdNS Olt nit: CON1 RAT Ei:N.Tfok 24 A2011,987`• MA°. • 01 THE' , AMERICAN INSTItUTE OF ARCIIITEE;Ts, 175 NEVI.YORK AVENUE, N.W. , WASIUNGTON,D.C. 20006 WARNING : Unlicensed photocopying violates VS. copyright lows and is subject to legal prosecution: 3/87 t • , MALL CRIITERIA Mali criteria have been copied from the tenant manual for the Contractor's convenience. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify with the Mali whether construction requirements have been altered or updated. `3C 23 v Material Deliveries Below -Grade Construction Interruption of Utility Services Noisy Construction Trash Removal New Construction Existing Construction /Remodel Sprinkler System Building Modifications FORM 14 . • FORMIB -• FORMIC FORM Id •■ FORM 1E ■ FORM IF & Permits FORM 2 MI FORM 2A FORM 2B NI . FORM 2C III JoRM , ,111 FORM 3A R FORM 4 • 12 13 14 15 5. Opening • Post Construction and Opening Requirements Opening/Closing Notice Contractor Evaluation Occupancy Permit Punch List and Store Opening Sprinkler Drawings Lien Waivers and Affidavits FORM 5. a FORM 5A ■ FORM;5t3 FORM 5C $ FORM 5D • FORM 5E 19 6. Supplemental Rules for Contractors - Stores Remaining Open During Remodeling 20 Store Manager Construction Zones Security and After-hours Work Safety Store Size General Rules for Contractors Work Stoppage by Landlord Note: Failure to comply with the Tenant's Lease, Tenant Manual or the Rules for Contractors may result in a revocation of the Letter of Authorization for Access and a shut -down of construction. r r FORM IA • FORM 113. .� FORM .1C • FQRM.10 : 0 FORM 1E- FORM 1F ..� A minimum of five (5) days prior to starting construction, the Tenant's Contractor shall contact the Shopping Center Manager to arrange a pre- construction meeting between the Mall Representative at the Shopping Center, the store owner or its architect and representatives of the general contractor and major subcontractors to be used in the construction of the Premises. 1. Preconstruction Meeting • Landlord's Documents and Drawings: Review the forms and documents as indexed below and as included in the construction package. a. Rules for Contractors (enclosed) b. Exhibit C (Tenant's actual executed Lease copy) c. Tenant Manual (review balance of pertinent information) d, Landlord Approved Drawings (enclosed) e. Typical Tenant Drawings (enclosed) f. Punch List/Construction Report (enclosed) - discuss related construction schedule. r r N.- FORM 1A 1 FORM 16 .■ :FORM ID , ■ FORM 1E �.._ `FORM 1F ■ A minimum of five (5) days prior to starting construction, the Tenant's Contractor shall contact the Shopping Center Manager to arrange a pre- construction meeting between the Mali Representative at the Shopping Center, the store owner or its architect and representatives of the general contractor and major subcontractors to be used in the construction of the Premises. 1. Preconstruction Meeting - Landlord's Documents and Drawings: Review the forms and documents as indexed below and as included in the construction package. a. Rules for Contractors (enclosed). b. Exhibit C (Tenant's actual executed Lease copy) c. Tenant Manual (review balance of pertinent information) d. Landlord Approved Drawings (enclosed) e. Typical Tenant Drawings (enclosed) f. Punch List/Construction Report (enclosed) — discuss related construction schedule. f.A.RM foRM 2A °.FORM 2g 1 . FORM 2C. ■: 2. Preconstrudion Requirements • Contractor's Documents, Licenses & Permits: Tenant's Contractor shall provide information as follows: List of Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers - All those to be used. Building Permits • A copy of each of the local and state building permits (as required) and any additional permits as may be required by governing authorities. insurance Certificates - Evidencing the required insurance coverage as set forth in "Insurance Requirements" below. Type of Insurance Limits of Liability General Liability * Personal Injury $2,000,000 per occurrence Property Damage $ 500,000 per occurrence 'Combined or split, bodily injury and property damage coverages may be less provided that excess liability coverage on an umbrella form is at least $2,000,000 Automobile Liability Personal Injury $ 500,000 per person $1,000,000 per occurrence Property Damage $ 500,000 per occurrence Workman's Compensation In accordance with state regulations. Employer's Liability $ 100,000 per occurrence In addition, the Shopping Center owner, Jacobs, Visconsi & Jacobs Co., Center Ridge Co, or other management company as indicated on the sample insurance certificate and Tenant shall be named on the Certificate(s) as insureds and be provided with a thirty (30) day written notification in the event of cancellation, renewal or a material policy change. Each certificate must include the name of the Tenant, the Tenant's Contractor and indicate the Shopping Center as the location to be insured. Note: If covered by store's operating insurance, minor redecorating of an existing store (i.e., painting, replacing wall covering, carpeting or sign) does not require an additional certificate. However, electrical, HVAC, plumbing, structural or major storefront remodeling must have a certificate evidencing those specific coverages. Performance, Labor and Material Bonds - As set forth in "Bonding Requirements" below. The Tenant's Contractor shall secure, pay for and maintain a Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bond in the Form of AIA Document A -311, February 1970, Ed., in an amount equal to the cost of Tenant's construction or to the total contract price. Said bond shall name the Shopping Center owner (use legal name shown on sample insurance certificate) as an additional beneficiary and shall be issued by a surety company authorized to write bonds for the U. S. Government for no less than $2,500,000. , . FORM 3A 3, Preconstruction Requirements • Authorization for Access letter of Authorization for Access • Issued by the Mall Representative, accompanied by a set of keys to the Premises. Authorization for access will not be issued without: • Meeting with the construction superintendant • Receiving Building Permit • Receiving Insurance Certificate • Receiving Performance Labor and Material Bonds • Having a list of subcontractors • Receiving the required security deposit Temporary Letter of Authorization for Access • Issued if all of the above is not completed, giving the contractor two weeks to conform. See Supplemental Rules for Contractors for stores remaining open during remodeling. Note: The following documents shall be posted within the Premises by the Tenant's Contractor as directed by the Mall Representative: FORM 1A A copy of the Rules for Contractors 18 Exhibit C portion of the Tenant's Lease 1C Tenant Manual 1D A complete set of Vlbrking Drawings for the Premises as stamped by the Landlord, "Approved For Construction" 1E A complete set of Typical Tenant Drawings 2A A set of drawings as approved and stamped by the appropriate building authorities and any building or inspection permits as may be required by governing authorities 3 A copy of the Letter of Authorization for Access 4. Construction Requirements: Material Receipt • Landlord's pre - purchased equipment and materials for the Tenant's Contractor (e.g., mall floor tile, electrical transformers, mixing boxes, etc.) may have been pre - purchased or pre-ordered by the Landlord on the Tenant's behalf. To determine what equipment or materials have been pre - purchased or pre-ordered, the Tenant's Contractor should contact the Mall Representative. The above is documented on Form 4 and forwarded to Landlord's Accounting Department. Protection of Property • The Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the Landlord's and any other parties' property from damage. Any and all repair of damage to such property will be performed by the Landlord (or as directed by the Landlord) and at the expense of the Contractor who caused the damage. The Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible to replace and/or repair any and all damage to any existing or adjacent store as caused by the Tenant's Contractor and /or subcontractors. Such damage may include, but is not limited to: merchandise, furniture, fixtures and any other existing construction. The Tenant's Contractor shall provide adequate fire extinguishers within the Premises while under construction. Site Access and Parking • New Construction - Site entrances will be opened and closed periodically to allow for the completion of the entrances and parking facilities. Access to the site and building will be through designated entrances only. New & Existing Construction • The Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all material deliveries to the Premises whether for construction, fixturing, or merchandising. All deliveries shall be made through the rear door of the Premises either via the adjacent service corridor or truck dock area. AT NO TIME WILL THE TRANSPORTATION OR DELIVERY OF MATERIAL BE ALLOWED EITHER IN OR ACROSS THE ENCLOSED MALL PUBLIC AREA WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE MALL REPRESENTATIVE. Specific areas have been designated for parking. The Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all employees working in the Premises use the designated parking areas. THERE WILL BE NO TENANT CONSTRUCTION TRAILERS ALLOWED AT THE SHOPPING CENTER. No parking will be allowed in any of the driveways, fire lanes, and truck docks except for temporary loading and unloading. Work Area and Storage • The Tenant Contractor's work area will be restricted to the Tenant's leased Premises. No storage or work areas will be allowed in the adjacent Tenant units. At no time are the service corridors to be used as a storage or work area. Security and After Hours Work - The Landlord will not be responsible for providing security protection for any materials and /or equipment related to the construction, fixturing, or merchandising of the Premises. Temporary Water - At the sole discretion of the Mall Representative, the Tenant's Contractor may be allowed to use the Shopping Center water service. Toilet Facilities - It will be the responsibility of the Tenant's Contractor to provide adequate toilet facilities for all employees working in the Premises: (The Shopping Center toilet facilities will not be available for contractor use unless specifically authorized by the Mall Representative.) The location for the temporary "portable" type toilet facilities must be approved through the Mall Representative prior to their placement. Tenant's Contractor shall; at Tenant's expense and subject to Mali Representative's prior approval, provide additional temporary services as may be required to complete the construction of. the Premises (e.g., temporary heat). Temporary Barricades - New Mall Construction and Food Court - Prior t� the start of any construction, the Tenant's Contractors shall be responsible to erect a temporary barricade in accordance with enclosed details. See back pocket. There will be no door allowed in the temporary barricade unless required by code. All access to the Premises shall be through the rear service door entrance. NO TENANT CONSTRUCTION OR SALES RELATED PERSONNEL WILL BE PERMITTED IN THE MALL PUBLIC AREAS WITHOUT EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. The Tenant's Contractor shall remove the temporary barricade prior to the opening of the Premises only after receiving permission to do so from the Mall Representative. Should the Landlord's barricade panels be utilized, the Tenant's Contractor shall remove and return the materials to a location within the Shopping Center as directed by the Mall Representative. Temporary Barricades • Existing Mall Construction - Prior to beginning any construction, the Tenant's Contractor shall ensure, if required by the Mall Representative, that a temporary barricade be installed at the storefront. Where a barricade has already been erected by the Landlord, the Tenant's Contractor shall be responsible for the extension of the barricade past the Lease line to accommodate the storefront work. The barricade shall not be extended until storefront work actually begins and shall not be more than four feet (4') past the storefront Lease line. Where a temporary barricade has not been installed, and landlord's pre-formed barricade materials are available from a stockpile in the Shopping Center, Tenant's Contractor shall use said materials to erect a barricade as shown on the enclosed sketch. See back pocket. Any cost for the repair of damage to the barricade and /or materials shall be reimbursed to the Landlord by the Tenant's Contractor. The dismantling of the barricade shall be the responsibility of the Tenant's Contractors and the materials shall be returned to a location as directed by the Landlord's Representative. All barricades shall be extended or constructed during the non - operating hours of the Shopping Center. NO BARRICADE SHALL BE REMOVED OR DISMANTLED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE MALL REPRESENTATIVE. Any barricade removed without the Mali Representative's consent will be reconstructed by the Landlord at the Tenant Contractor's expenses. Signage • The Contractor is not allowed to post any company name or sign on the temporary barricade. The Contractor shall post all signage as required by the Mall Representative for public safety or general warning. 17 Material Deliveries • It shall be the responsibility of the Tenant's Contractor to ensure that the delivery of any material, equipment, fixtures and merchandise will be made through the rear service door of the Premises via the service corridor or truck dock adjacent to the unit. No deliveries will be allowed through the Enclosed Mall entrances without the express written consent of the Mall Representative. Below -Grade Construction • Prior to beginning any below -grade construction work, the Tenant's Contractor must meet with the Mall Representative to review the locations of any underground utility services that may be located in the Premises. Any damage to existing underground services will be repaired by the Landlord's original installer (or Landlord's Designee) and charged to the Contractor causing the damage. See "Protection of Property" herein. Interruption of Utility Services • Tenant's Contractor must receive the Mall Repre- sentative's approval at least three (3) days prior to any modification to utility services that may temporarily interrupt such services to other tenants or to the Shopping Center. Noisy Construction - The Shopping Center Manager has established working hours when the contractor may perform "noisy" construction. This would be work such as jack hammering, saw cutting, core drilling, etc. (Check with the Mall Representative for these restricted hours.) The Mall Representative reserves the right to order an immediate halt to any excessive noisy work being done that is disruptive to the normal operation of the adjacent tenant's and/or Shopping Center. Trash Removal • All trash will be confined to the Premises and removed at the end of each day by the Tenant's Contractor. Any trash found in the service corridors, adjacent tenant units, and /or public areas will be removed by the Landlord and billed to the Tenant's Contractor at a rate of $35.00 per man hour. New Construction • Dumpsters will be provided at points designed by the Mall Representative. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE THE SHOPPING CENTER TRASH COMPACTORS TO BE USED BY THE TENANT'S CONTRACTORS. Existing Construction/Remodel • Tenant's Contractor shall provide a dumpster at a point designated by the Mall Representative. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE THE SHOPPING CENTER TRASH COMPACTORS TO BE USED BY THE TENANT'S. CONTRACTORS. FARM 5A IN FORM 5B 'FORM :5C ■ FORM 5D. • FORM 5E • Sprinkler System • Tenant's Contractor shall receive the Mall Representative's approval at least two (2) days in advance of making any modification to the existing sprinkler system that will affect the Shopping Center system. Tenant's Contractor shall receive the Mall Representative's approval at least two (2) days in advance prior to needing the Shopping Center's sprinkler system drained. No Shopping Center sprinkler system will be left drained over night. All systems will be charged and operational when Tenant's Contractor leaves for the night. Building Modifications • Under no circumstances will the Tenant's Contractor be allowed to penetrate the roof or adjust or modify the Landlord's sprinkler system, fixtures, utilities, structure, equipment or facilities. Any such work must receive the Mall Representative's express written consent and will be clone by the Landlord's original contractor (or Landlord's Designee) at the Tenant Contractor's expense. 5. Opening - Post Construction and Opening Requirements: Opening/Closing Notice - Shopping Mall Management will complete Opening Notice and distribute. Contractor Evaluation • Shopping Mall Management will evaluate the satisfactory completion of the store for the Landlord's records in the interest of establishing an ongoing working relationship with the contractor. Occupancy Permit - Contractor shall provide Landlord's representative with a copy of the Occupancy Permit. Punch list and Store Opening - Upon completion of construction and prior to opening, the Mall Representative will conduct a final observation and compile a punch list. The Premises will be allowed to open for business only after the Mall Representative has received a copy of the occupancy permit and the punch list items have been satisfactorily completed. Sprinkler Drawings - Verify that Sprinkler drawings have been submitted to Landlord's Fire Protection Engineer and/or Landlord. lien Waivers and Affidavits - The Tenant's Lease requires the Tenant to submit a detailed breakdown of the Tenant's final construction costs to the Landlord. This "detailed breakdown" will be given to the Mall Representative and shall consist of the following: a. An original notarized "Tenant's General Contractor's Affidavit" indicating the total cost of construction for the Premises broken down into the various sub - trades, labor and material suppliers. b. An original signed "General Contractor's Affidavit and Waiver of Lien ". c. The original signed "Subcontractor's Affidavit and Waiver of Lien" for each subcontractor. 19 ,nes - 7 r YNi -Isla ATEC nRCO T :RMo IT- aw+ x . HMO AH AL HI L 6. Supplemental Rules for Contractors • Stores Remaining Open During Remodeling: Store Manager • In addition to the General Contractor and /or major Sub- contractors, the Store Manager must be present at the pre - construction meeting to discuss plans for the remodel, time span of remodel and related safety issues. The Store Manager must also sign Form #3 or #3a; the Letter of Authorization for Access or the Temporary Letter of Authorization for Access. The Store Manager must also sign at the bottom of this Supplemental Rules for Contractors. Construction Zones - The tenant's construction representative has agreed to establish the construction in zones as designated on the barricade plan. The Mall Representative, the Contractor and the Store Manager should review the attached zoning plan and the time frame of each zone. Security and After•hours Work • In addition to the security and after -hours work, referenced on page 15 of this Manual, the Store Manager and Contractor must also prepare for and indicate whether a security officer or other service is needed given that the store is opened and merchandise is available to both the contractors and possibly the public. Safety - In addition to the O.S.H.A. safety standards, referenced on page 16 of this Manual, the Store Manager and Contractor must observe the following guidelines: a. Keep a minimum of a four foot (4') barricade around all construction areas. b. Apply plastic sheeting from the barricade up to the ceiling so as to minimize dust and related damage to merchandise, customers and the public mall areas. c. Verify all workmen's tools, ladders and loose construction supplies are out of customers and specifically, children's reach. d. Verify any overhead dangling Tight fixtures, conduits, etc. are well within the confines of the barricaded visqueen areas. e. Verify the store has downsized its stock properly . so as to remain open for business and still accommodate clear fire exits through both the rear and front of the store. Store Size • The Mall Representative and the Contractor shall review the size of the . store and the proposed zoning plans to determine if the store can remain open for business while remodeling. Insurance - The store's operating insurance might over minor remodeling in which a certificate evidencing the same shall be required. Rules for Contradors • All items on the Rules for Contractors still apply to all construction agreements. Work Stoppage by Landlord • In the event that any of the Tenant's Contractors violate the Lease such that, in the Mall Representative's sole opinion: a. The contractor's acts of omission may be injurious to, persons or property, b. The remodeling is causing a disturbance to the normal operation of the Shopping Center or adjacent tenant, or c. The remodeling is causing an unreasonable offense to customers,. the Mall Representative may order the construction to cease until such time that said violation has been cured. ALL 1110190 EXHIBIT C— Continued (d) Upon vacating the PREMISES,'TENANT agrees to remove all signs and repair any damage caused by such removal. J. Fire Sprinkler Criteria 1. LANDLORD'S system. In the event applicable codes require fire sprinkler protection, and unless already existing, LAND- LORD shall provide a sprinkler connection for the PREMISES at a location designated in LAND- LORD'S Drawings. TENANT shall design and Install all extensions and facilities to and within the PREMISES. 2. TENANT'S system (also see Article VII, Section A of this Exhibit). If, at any time during the term of this lease, applicable codes or governing authorities require fire sprinkler protection for the PREMISES or a modification to the existing protection and LAND. LORD has provided a connection for the PREMISES as provided above, TENANT shall, at TEN. ANT'S expense. install, extend to the PREMISES, modify or revise within the PREMISES the sprinkler system to include cross mains, branch lines, drops, heads, facilities for proper drainage and any necessary test valves, orifices or other fire protection equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers) as may .. be required for the PREMISES, all of which shall comply with the requirements of LANDLORD'S fire and casualty insurer, all applicable codes and ordinances, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA1 No. 13 for ordinary hazard occupancies, the applicable Insurance Services Bureau, and LANDLORD'S Drawings, whichever is more stringent. TENANT'S system shall also be water Mated at pressure of two hundred (200) paig. for a period of two (2) hours in the presence of LAND- LORD'S representative IV. CONSTRUCTION A. Preparation for Construction A minimum of five (5) days prior to the commencement of construction, TENANT shall fulfill the following requirements: 1. TENANT'S contractors. TENANT must secure LANDLORD'S written approval of TENANT'S general contractor and sub- contractors. In addition, the following criteria are applicable to the selection and conduct of TENANT'S contractors: lal TENANT agrees that it will immediately disengage the services of contractors or eubcontrac• tore: (1) whose labor relations might be such that there could be a work stoppage or other interfer- ence with the scheduled construction, opening or operation of the PREMISES. other storerooms or the Shopping Center, or (i1) who fall to observe the Rules for Contractors as eatabilahed in the 'Ibnant Manual for appropriate, ethical and safe conduct at the Shopping Center. If in the event TENANT, TENANTS contractors or subcontractors fail to comply with the requirementa of items (1) or (U) above, LANDLORD may, upon twenty-four (24) hours notice to TENANT and without any liabiUty therefore, deny such contractorle) or eubcontractor(e) any further access to the PREMISES for construction. (b► TENANT, its contractors, and subcontractors shall maintain in the PREMISES at all times during the construction of the PREMISES one (1) set of TENANT'S Drawings as approved by LANDLORD. (c) Roof work. TENANT shall use only those contractors approved by LANDLORD and listed in the Ibnant Manual (included in LANDLORD'S Drawings) for the completion of TENANT'S roof work. (d) In the event that any of TENANT'S contractors violates the lease such that the contractor's acts or omissions may be injurious to persona or property, LANDLORD may, without notice or any liabiUty therefor, order such contractor to vacate the PREMISES and the Shopping Center and to remove any equipment therefrom. 13 TEMPORARY STOREFRONT ELEVATION Rubber Base: Wall Covering: Paint: NAFCO CB -75 Smoke Beige Scheme A BM 1220 NOTE: IN THOSE CASES WHERE THE MALL HAS ALREADY CONSTRUCTED A BARRICADE, IT WILL BE THE TENANT CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLITY TO EXTEND (MOVE) THE BARRICADE INTO THE MALL WHEN HE BEGINS CONSTRUCTION OF THE STOREFRONT. ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING DETAILS WITH NOTES MARKED THUS: Ei WILL NEED TO BE PERFORMED BY TENANT'S CONTRACTOR AND ANY EXTENSION RETURNS ON THE SIDE OF THE BARRICADE WILL NEED TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH THE FRONT. (Barricade Detail) Southcenter Mali 7/90 7/90 2 trl NOTES: 1. 3 -5/8" 24ga. STEEL STUDS @ 24" O.C. 1/2" FIRE RATED GYP. BD. MOUNTED ON STUDS (NON- TAPERED IF AVAIL.) VINYL WALL COVERING APPLIED OVER GYP. BD. TUCKED INTO BUTT JOINTS (SEE DETAIL 1). GYP. BD. FASTENING SCREW HEADS FILLED FOR SMOOTH FINISH. DBL. STUDS EVERY 4'. IF REQUIRED BY CODE: PREHUNG HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOOR AND FRAME (NO TRIM) SET FLUSH WITH FACE OF BARRICADE. DOOR TO SWING INWARD (UNLESS REQ'D. BY CODE). r 7/90 i r r r 1 i i 1 1 i PLYWOOD, CARPET OR OTHER MALL APPROVED PROTECTIVE MATERIAL DUST WALK -OFF MAT. 13. BARRICADE HEIGHT ABOVE VINYL WALLCOVERING TO MATCH MALL OVERHEAD SOFFIT/BAND. 14. DRYWALL JOINT @ 8' AFF. (SEE NOTE 6 ABOVE). 15. V.W.C. ON DRYWALL (SEE NOTE .8 ABOVE). 16. 6" VINYL BASE (SEE NOTE 9 ABOVE). 17. SCREW ATTACH BOTTOM METAL STUD TRACK TO 2 X 4 WOOD BLOCKING. 112. 1 NOTES: nu BRACING AS REQUIRED AND FASTENED PER MALL DIRECTION. DIAGONAL SUPPORT STRUT. • LANDLORD NEUTRAL PIER. • 1/2" GYP. 80. PANEL PAINTED (1 PRIME COAT, 1 FINISH COAT) PER MALL SPEC. (SEE TEMPORARY STOREFRONT SHEET). BARRICADE HEIGHT SHALL EXTEND TO HEIGHT OF MALL SOFFIT/BAND OVER TENANT STOREFRONTS DOOR (IF REQ'D BY CODE) LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BY MALL PERSONNEL PAINT TO MATCH VINYL WALL - COVERING BACKGROUND COLOR. 6. LATTICE STRIP (TYPICALLY 1/4" X 1 -1/2 ") TRIM OVER HORIZONTAL JOINT SCREWED TO STUDS AND PAINTED TO MATCH DRYWALL FINISH COLOR ABOVE. 1/2" GYP. BD. WITH V.W.C. FROM FLOOR TO 8' HIGH. DRYWALL TO BE COVERED WITH WALLCOVERING PROVIDED BY LANDLORD AND INSTALLED PER PATTERN LAYOUT (SEE TEMPORARY STOREFRONT ELEVATION SHEET). 9. 6" VINYL BASE (SEE TEMPORARY STOREFRONT SHEET FOR COLOR). 10. VISQUEEN DUST COVER SECURED WITH WOOD CLEAT. 7/90 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The project consists of construction of a new Above The Belt store within a new shell space located at Southcenter, Tukwila, Washington as shown on Contract Documents prepared by Murphy Varey, Architects, dated August 7,1992. The work includes installation of new interior finishes, storefront, electrical, mechanical, and fire protection. Contractor to submit a schedule of the Work to be performed for approval by the Architect and Owner. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; coordinate with mall management for.operation times. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period, OWNER - FURNISHED ITEMS The Owner will provide the following items called out on the documents: Wall Fixtures: (A) Expanded wing assembly by Manifesto Corporation (B) "M "Wall verticals by Manifesto Corporation Storefront: 1C) Geartooth units by Manifesto Corporation Cashwrap: SECTION 01010 -1 (D) Suspended ceiling unit by Manifesto Corporation Dressing Rooms: (E) Overhead gear units by Manifesto Corporation The Contractor is responsible for designating the delivery dates of Owner- furnished items. The Contractor is responsible for installing: "M" Wall verticals and expanded wing assembly; storefront geartooth unit and illuminated platform; and dressing room overhead gear units. The Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner- furnished items from damage and to repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECU TION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01010 SECTION 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are included in Section "Submittals." SCHEDULE OF VALUES Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest feasible date, but in no case later than 7 days before the date schedule for submittal of the initial Application for Payment. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule of Values. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: Project name and location. Name of the architect. Project number. Contractor's name and address. Date of submittal. Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: SECTION 01027 -1 Generic name. Related Specification Section. Name of subcontractor. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. Name of supplier. Change Order (numbers) that have affected value. Dollar value. Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one - hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Break principal subcontract amounts down into several line items. Round off amounts to the nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. For each part of the Work where an Application for Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed, provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, only to the extent that such items will be listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete including its total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin. At the Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in- place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense. Schedule Updating; Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at the time of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. Payment Application Times: Each progress payment date is as indicated in the Agreement. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement Payment Application Forms; Use AIA Document G 702 and Continuation Sheets G 703 as the form for Application for Payment. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including notarization and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner. Incomplete applications will be returned without action. SECTION 01027 -2 Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. Trans im ttal: Submit 3 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments, and recording appropriate information related to the application in a manner acceptable to the Architect. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanics lien from subcontractors or subcontractors and suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous application. Submit partial waivers on .each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for retainage, on each item. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to Owner. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must proceed or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following: List of subcontractors. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. Schedule of Values. Contractor's Construction Schedule. Schedule of principal products. Schedule of unit prices. Submittal Schedule. List of Contractor's staff assignments. List of Contractor's principal consultants. Copies of building permits. Copies of authorization and licenses from governing authorities for performance of the Work. Initial progress report. Report of pre- construction meeting. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. SECTION 01027 -3 1, Performance and payment bonds. Data need to acquire Owner's insurance. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate.of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with this application include: Occupancy permits and similar approvals. Warranties (guaranties) and maintenance agreements. Test/adjust/balance records. Maintenance instructions. Meter readings. Start-up performance reports. Change -over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operations and maintenance. Final cleaning. Final progress photographs. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment include the following: Completion of Project closeout requirements. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled. Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue delay. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner. Certified property survey Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid. Removal of temporary facilities and services. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements. Change of door locks to Owner's access. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01027 SECTION 01027 -4 } SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GEN RAI, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 1 Section "Submittals" for requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Division 1 Section "Application for Payment" for administrative procedures governing applications for payment. Division 1 Section "Product Substitutions" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK Supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, will be issued by the Architect on AIA form G 710, Architect's Supplemental Instructions. CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS Owner - Initiated Proposal Requests: Proposed changes in the Work that will required adjustments to the Contract Sum or Contract Time will be issued by the Architect, with a detailed description of the proposed change and supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications, if necessary. Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instruction either to stop work in progress, or to execute the proposed change. Unless otherwise indicated in the proposal request, within 20 days of receipt of the proposal request, submit to the Architect for the Owner's review an estimate of cost necessary to execute the proposed change. SECTION 01035 -1 Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased 1 r 1 Include a statement indicating the effect of the proposed f r i � r i f SECTION 01035 -2 and unit costs, along with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. change in the Work will have on the Contract Time. Cont ractor - Initiated Chanae Order Proposal Requests: When latent or other unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work, provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and Contract Time. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs along with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions" if the proposed change in the Work requires the substitution of one product or system for a product or system specified. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G 709 for Change Order Proposal Requests. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and Contractor are not in total agreement on the terms of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G 714, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. The Construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of the change in the Work and designate the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. After completion of the change, submit and itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Upon the Owner's approval of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of the Owner and Contractor on AIA Form G 701, as provided in the Conditions of the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01035 SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including, but not necessarily limited to: Coordination. Administrative and supervisory personnel. General installation provisions. Cleaning and protection. Field engineering is included in Section "Field Engineering ". Progress meetings, coordination meetings and pre - installation conferences are included in Section "Project Meetings ". Requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule are included in Section "Submittals ". COORDINATION Coordination: Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, services and repair. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items schedule for later installation. SECTION 01040 -1 ; Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate Contractors where coordination of their Work is required. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: Preparation of schedules. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. Delivery and processing of submittals. Progress meetings. Project Close -out activities. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. SUBMITTALS Coordination Drawings; Prepare and submit coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off -site by separate entities, and where limited space availability, necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. Indicate required installation sequences. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals ". Refer to Division -15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements ", and Division -16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" for specific coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) SECTION 01040 -2 PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. Mounting heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for final decision. CLEANING AND PROTECTION During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective coverings where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. Limiting Exposure: Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposure include, but are not limited to, the following: Excessive static or dynamic loading. Excessive intemal or external pressure. SECTION 01040 -3 r Excessively high or low temperatures. Thermal shock. Excessively high or low humidity. Air contamination or pollution. Water or ice. Solvents. Chemicals. Light. Puncture. Abrasion. Heavy traffic. Soiling, staining, and corrosion. Combustion. Electrical current. Unusual wear or other misuse. Contact between incompatible materials. Destructive testing. Misalignment. Excessive weathering. Unprotected storage. Improper shipping or handling. Theft. Vandalism. END OF SECTION 01040. SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHIN PART 1 - GENERAL, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division -15 and Division -16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. Demolition of selected portions of the building for alternations is included in Section "Selective Demolition ". SUBMITTALS Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicated why it cannot be avoided. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out -of- service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. SECTION 01045 -1 r r r i r 1 [ti Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. QUALITY ASSURANC Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their load- carrying capacity or Toad- deflection ratio. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following structural elements: Bearing walls. Structural concrete. Timber and primary wood framing. Equipment supports. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: Shoring, bracing and sheeting. Primary operational systems and equipment. Air or smoke barriers. Water, moisture or vapor barriers. Membranes and flashings. Fire protection systems. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. Control systems. Communication systems. Conveying systems. Electrical wiring systems. Special construction specified by Division -13 Sections. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. SECTION 01045 -2 If possible retain the original installer or fabricator to cut and patch the following categories of exposed Work, or if it is not possible to engage the original installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experience and specialized firm: Acoustical ceilings. Carpeting. Wall covering. PART 2- PRODUCTS MATERIALS Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. PREPARATION Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. PERFORMANCE General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. SECTION 01045 -3 Cutting,;, Cut existing construction using method least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division -2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. By -pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting, where services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut -off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by- passing and cutting. Patching; Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. Where feasible, inspect and test patch areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. Patch. repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. SECTION 01045 -4 f r f CLEANING Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching ;is performed or used as access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01045 r r f is i r SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for field engineering services, including, but not limited to the following: Structural engineering services. QUALITY ASSURANCE Engineer: Engage a Professional Engineer of the discipline required, registered in the state in which the Project is located, to perform required engineering services. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01050. SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to: Pre - Construction Conference. Pre- Installation Conferences. Coordination Meetings. Progress Meetings. Construction schedules are specified in another Division -1 Section. PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Schedule a pre- construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site or other convenient location no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. Attendees: The Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as: Tentative construction schedule. Critical Work sequencing. Designation of responsible personnel. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. Distribution of Contract Documents. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. Preparation of record documents. Use of the premises. Office, Work and storage areas. Equipment deliveries and priorities. Safety procedures. First aid. Security. SECTION 01200 -1 r Housekeeping. Working hours. PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCES Conduct a pre - installation conference at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each pre - installation conference, including requirements for: Contract Documents. Options. Related Change Orders. Purchases. Deliveries. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples. Possible conflicts. Compatibility problems. Time schedules. Weather limitations. Manufacturer's recommendations. Compatibility of materials. Acceptability of substrates. Temporary facilities. Space and access limitations. Governing regulations. Safety. Inspection and testing requirements. Required performance results. Recording requirements. Protection. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, along with the approved schedule. Distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, promptly, including the Owner and Architect. Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. PROGRESS MEETINGS Conduct one rroogress meeting at the Project site at half- completion. Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting date. Coordinate date of meeting with preparation of the payment request. SECTION 01200 -2 Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the pre- construction meeting. Review items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. Review and present the future needs of each entity present, including such items as: Interface requirements. Time. Sequence. Deliveries. Off -site fabrication problems. Access. Site utilization. Temporary services. Hours of Work. Housekeeping. Quality and Work standards. Change Orders. Documentation of information for payment requests. Reporting: No later than 3 days after the progress meeting date, distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. END OF SECTION 01200 SECTION 01200 -3 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including: Contractor's construction schedule. Submittal schedule. Weekly construction reports. Shop Drawings. Product Data. Samples. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division -1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: Permits. Applications for Payment. Performance and payment bonds. Insurance certificates. List of subcontractors. The Schedule of Values submital is included in Section "Application for Payment." Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control Services. Submittal of Project photographs Is included under Section "Construction Photographs." SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. SECTION 01300 -1 Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. • The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be . delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. SECTION 01300 -2 Allow one week for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. Allow one week for reprocessing each submittal. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each Submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. Project name. Date. Name and address of Architect. Name and address of Contractor. Name and address of subcontractor. Name and address of supplier. Name of manufacturer. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. On the transmittal Record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Including Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 5ar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar -chart type Contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 5 days of the date established for "Commencement of the Work." Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values." Within each time bar indicate estimated completion percentage in 5 percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work. Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests and other schedules. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. Phasing: Provide notation on the schedule to show how the sequence of Work is affected by requirements for phased completion to permit Work by separate SECTION 01300 -3 Contractors and partial occupancy by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule, provide a two item cost correlation line, indicating "precalculated" and "actual" costs. On the line show dollar - volume of Work performed as of the dates used for preparation of payment requests. Refer to Section "Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and payment procedures. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project meeting room and temporary field office. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. Schedule Updating;, Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction schedule, prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 10 days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's construction schedule. Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts, schedule of values and the list of products as well as the Contractor's construction schedule. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information: Scheduled date for the first submittal. Related Section number. Submittal category. Name of subcontractor. Description of the part of the Work covered. Scheduled date for resubmittal. Scheduled date for the Architect's final release or approval. Distribution: Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply SECTION 01300 -4 r i r with submittal dates indicated. Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portions of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule . concurrently with report of each meeting. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the Architect at weekly intervals: List of subcontractors at the site. Approximate count of personnel at the site. Accidents and unusual events. Meetings and significant decisions. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses. Emergency procedures. Orders and requests of governing authorities. Change Order received, implemented. Services connected, disconnected. Equipment or system tests and start-ups. Partial Completions, occupancies. Substantial Completions authorized. SHOP DRAWINGS Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar drawings. Include the following information: Dimensions. Identification of products and materials included. Compliance with specific standards. Notation of coordination requirements. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. SECTION 01300 -5 Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full - size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2" x 11" but no larger than 36" x 48 ". Initial Submittal: Submit 2 blue- or black -line prints for the Architect's review; one will be returned. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black -line prints and 2 additional prints where required for maintenance manuals, plus the number of prints needed by the Architect for distribution. 2 prints will be retained; the remainder will be returned. PRODUCT DATA SECTION 01300 -6 One of the prints returned shall be marked -up and maintained as a "Record Document." Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. Coordination drawings are a special type of Shop Drawing that show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or function as intended. Preparation of coordination Drawings is specified in Section "Project Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. Submit coordination Drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings." Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: Manufacturer's printed recommendations. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. SAMPLES Application of testing agency labels' and seals. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. Notation of coordination requirements. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single -copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain one, and will return the other marked with action taken and correction or modifications required. Unless non - compliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Submit full -size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's Sample. Include the following: Generic description of the Sample. Sample source. Product name or name of manufacturer. Compliance with recognized standards. Availability and delivery time. SECTION 01300 -7 Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data applicable is in the installer's possession. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. Submit Sample for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics as delivered and installed. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic are inherent in the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not Tess than three), that show approximate limits of the variations. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of Sample Submittals. Preliminary submittals; Where Samples are for selection of color pattern, texture or similar characteristic from a range of standard choices, submit a full set of choices for the material or product. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Architect's mark indicating selection and other action. Submittals; Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication technique, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 2 sets; one will be returned marked with the action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. Distribution of Samples; Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. ARCHITECT'S ACTION Except for submittals for record, information, or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. SECTION 01300 -8 Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self - explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken: Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "Approved as Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. Final -But- Restricted Release: Where submittals are marked "Approved as Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. Do not permit submittals market "Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere Work Is in progress. Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, the submittal will be returned, marked "Action Not Required." PART - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01300 SECTION 01300 -9 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures. Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. RESPONSIBILITIES Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, specified in individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities, except where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these services include those specified to be performed by an SECTION 01400 -1 agency. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials.and construction SECTION 01400 -2 specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition, the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. SUBMITTALS The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar service, to the Architect, in duplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor, in duplicate. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority when the Authority to directs. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service shall include, but not be limited to: SECTION 01400 -3 Date of issue. Project title and number. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. Designation of the Work and test method. Identification of product and Specification Section. Complete inspection or test data. Test results and an interpretation of test results. Ambient conditions at the time of sample - taking and testing. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or test Work complies with Contract t QUALITY ASSURANCE Document requirements. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Recommendations on retesting. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located. PART 2 P RODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION REPAIR AND PROTECTION General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample- taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching." Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. • Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. END OF SECTION 01400 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities, including utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection. Temporary utilities required include but are not limited to: Temporary power and light. Telephone service. Water. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to: Waste disposal service. Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited to: Barricades. SUBMITTALS Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: Building Code requirements. Health and safety regulations. Utility company regulations. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. Environmental protection regulations. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations ", ANSI -A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements SECTION 01500 -1 for Construction and Demolition ", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services ", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPAA 70). Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. PROJECT CONDITIONS Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of the permanent service. Condi #ions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS General: Provide new materials suitable for the use intended. Gypsum board; For barricades, provide gypsum board painted on mall side. Plywood: Provide plywood to protect existing mall finishes on floor. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire - resistant, UL Labeled tarpaulins with flame - spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures provide translucent nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride fire retardant tarpaulins. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. EQUIPMENT General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. SECTION 01500 -2 Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy -duty, abrasion - resistant, flexible rubber hoses with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system; provide adjustable shut -off nozzles at hose discharge. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110 -120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot Tight, for connection of power tools and equipment. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard- service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another recognized trade association related to thetype of fuel being consumed. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand - carried, portable UL- rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand- carried, portable, UL- rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPAA recommended classes for the exposure. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the company provides only part of SECTION 01500 -3 (4r the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment; comply with the company's recommendations. Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for temporary service. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Architect, and will not be accepted as a basis of claim for a Change Order. Water Service: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. Temporary Electric Power Services, Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground -fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted, wiring circuits not exceed 1255 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. Temporary Lighting: Install and operate temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations. Temporary Telephones; Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout the construction period. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. Sewers and, Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers cannot be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner. Filter out excessive amounts of soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal system as directed by sewer department officials. Maintain temporary sewers in a clean, sanitary condition. Following heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly. SECTION 01500 -4 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATIO Temporary, Enclosures;. Provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in progress and completed from other construction operations and similar activities. Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other materials. Close openings of 25 square feet or less with plywood or similar materials. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load- bearing wood- framed construction. Collection and Disposal of WasIL Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg. F. (27 deg. C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer as requested by the Architect. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Barricades: Comply with requirements of mall tenant manual. Storage Security: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. OPERATION. TERMINATION AND REMOVAL, SECTION 01500 -5 Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. )Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24 -hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. Protection: Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facilities, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and Lagiutu that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction period, including but not limited to: Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housing. Replace significantly wom parts and parts that have been subject to unusual operating conditions. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use. END OF SECTION 01500 SECTION 01500 -6 SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals." Standards: Refer the Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified. Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract are included under Section "Product Substitutions." DEFINITIONS Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self - explanatory and have well recognized meaning in the construction industry. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" include the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. SECTION 01600 -1 "Foreign Products ", as distinguished from "domestic products," are items substantially manufactured (50 percent or more of value) outside of the United States and its possessions; or produced or supplied by entities substantially owned (more than 50 percent) by persons who are not citizens of nor living within the United States and its possessions. "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. SUBMITTALS Product List Schedule: A list of products required is included at the end of this Section. Prepare a schedule in tabular form showing each product listed. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each items listed. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a single source. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLIN Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and Toss, including theft. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and property protected. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate SECTION 01600 -2 r 1 1 r f. r I d I inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Store product subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PRODUCT SELECTION General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection include the following: Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where only a single product or manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. Sem iproprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal" comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. Compliance with Standards. Codes and Regulations: Where the Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. SECTION 01600 -3 r r Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and also complies with specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another product category, or for noncompliance with specified requirements. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance provisions in Division -1 for allowances that control product selections, and for procedures required for processing such selections. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deteriorate at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01600 SECTION 01631 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. The Contractor's Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals." Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified. Procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options are included under Section "Materials and Equipment." DEFINITIONS Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. "Substitutions ": Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: Substitutions requested by Bidders during the bidding period and accepted prior to award of Contract, are considered as included in the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulation and orders issued by governing authorities. SECTION 01631 -1 SUBMITTALS Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 10 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 10 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and in accordance with the procedures required for Change Order proposals. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. Samples, where applicable or requested. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified, Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal -to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. SECTION 01631 -2 1 I I 1 I. Architect's Action; Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Architect will request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. Within 4 days of receipt of the request, or two days of receipt of the additional information or documentation, whichever is later, the Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. PART 2 - PRODUCTS SUBSTITUTIONS Conditions; The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Architect when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. SECTION 01631 -3 The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides that required warranty. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable). END OF SECTION 01631 r f r r f r 1 '• SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to: Inspection procedures. Project record document submittal. Operating and maintenance manual submittal. Submittal of warranties. Final cleaning. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Division -2 through -16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. Advise the Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certification and similar documents. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. SECTION 01700 -1 Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock and similar items. Make final change -over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of change -over in security provisions. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock -ups, and similar elements. Compete final clean up requirements, including touch -up painting. Touch -up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. FINAL ACCEPTANCE Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in request. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or when the Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. SECTION 01700 -2 Submit consent of surety to final payment. Submit final liquidated damages settlement statement. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. RECORD DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL$, General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire - resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white - prints of Contracts Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawings is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. SECTION 01700 -3 Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant variation in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site, and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work which cannot otherwise by readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related Change Orders and mark -up of record drawings and Specifications. Upon completion of mark -up, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. Record Samples Submitted: Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, the Contractor will meet at the site with the Architect and the Owner's personnel to determine which of the submitted Samples that have been maintained during progress of the Work are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record - keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and properly index data in individual 3 -ring binders. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: Emergency instructions. Spare parts list. Copies of warranties. Wiring diagrams. Recommended "turn around" cycles. Inspection procedures. Shop Drawings and Product Data. Fixture tamping schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. If SECTION 01700 -4 installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items: Maintenance manuals. Record documents. Spare parts and materials. Tools. Lubricants. Identification systems. Control sequences. Hazards. Cleaning. Warranties and bonds. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: Start -up. Shutdown. Emergency operations. Noise and vibration adjustments. Safety procedures. Economy and efficiency adjustments. Effective energy utilization. FINAL CLEANINQ General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities." Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surface finishes to a SECTION 01700 -5 r r r r r r f t 1 r r • dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Replace shipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even- textured surface. Removal of Protect= Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for. cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. END OF SECTION 01700 SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. Refer to General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. General closeout requirements are included in Section "Project Closeout." Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Division -2 through -16. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for SECTION 01740 -1 the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights or remedies. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where there is a special warranty, certificaation, or similar commitment is required on such Work or as part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. ,BMITTALS Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within fifteen days of completion of the designated portion of the Work. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions -2 through -16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. Bind warranties and bonds in 3 -ring binder sized to receive 8 -1/2' x 11" paper. Provide paper dividers for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name SECTION 01740 -2 of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS," the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01740 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section requires the selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal of the following: Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings. Removal of doors, frames and relites indicated "remove." Removal work specified elsewhere: Cutting holes in roof deck for installation of new rooftop mechanical equipment is specified in Division -15. Cutting non - structural concrete floors for piping, ducts, and conduits is included with the work of respective mechanical and electrical specification sections in Divisions -15 and -16. Related work specified elsewhere: Remodeling construction work and patching are included within the respective sections of specifications, including removal of materials for reuse and incorporation into remodeling or new construction. Relocation of pipes, conduits, ducts, and other mechanical and electrical work is specified in other Divisions. JOB CONDITIONS Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. However, minor variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective demolition work. SECTION 02070 -1 Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. Provide interior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demoliton operations. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary. Construct temporary insulate dustproof partitions where required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Remove protections at completion of Work. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition work and debris removal to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilitie without written permission from authorities having jurisidiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as interior of ducts and pipe spaces, verify condition of hidden spaces before starting flame- cutting operation. Maintain portable fire suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. lily Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having SECTION 02070 -2 1 jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions P rY g tions p to existing utilities, as acceptable to goveming authorities. Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition r operations. 1 Environmental Controls: Use temporary enclosures, and other methods to limite dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. �y PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) C . PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION General: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent g, g, pp P movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. Cease operations and notify Owner's Representative immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. . I Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closure as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied I portions of the building. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust proof partitions of minimum 4 inch studs, 5/8 inch fire - retardant plywood both sides. Fill partition cavity with sound- deadening insulation. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work. Locate, identity, stub off, and disconnect utilities services that are not indicated to remain. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during changeover. DEMOLITION SECTION 02070 -3 General: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete Work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors or framing. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Burning of removed material is not permitted on project site. CLEAN UP AND REPAIR General: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start of operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION 02070 SECTION 02070 -4 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking. DEFINITIONS Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and generally not exposed, unless otherwise specified. DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS LUMBER. GENERAL Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them with lumber grades and species include the following: WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WWPA - Westem Wood Products Association Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece of factory- marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content . at time of surfacing, and mill. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. SECTION 06100 -1 Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2 inches or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shape shown. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. Grade: Douglas Fir No. 2 or better. Fire treated where required. CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR BACKING Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire - retardant - treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA C -D Plugged Exposure 1, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32 inch. FASTENERS General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. Nails. Wire. Brads. and Staples: FS FF -N -105. Wood Screws: ASNI B18.6.1 Lag Bolts: ASNI B18.2.1 Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and where indicated, flat washers. METAL FRAMING ANCHORS General: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal and finish indicated that comply with requirements specified including the following: Current Evaluation /Research Reports: Provide products for which model code evaluation /research reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence SECTION 06100 -2 compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with the building code in effect for this Project. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products for which manufacturer publishes allowable designloads that are determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and that are demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Steel sheet zinc - coated by hot -dip process on continuous Tines prior to fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525 for Coating Designation G60 and with ASTM A 446, Grade A (structural quality); ASTM A 526 (commercial quality); or ASTM a 527 (lock- forming quality); as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION. GENERAL Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. END OF SECTION 06100 SECTION . 06100 -3 SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes the following: Cashwrap. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of prodcut and process specified in this section and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing and installation. QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of architectural . woodwork by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and qulaity to those required for this project. SECTION 06402 -1 AWI Quality Standards; Comply with applicable requirements of "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) except as otherwise indicated. Hardware Coordination: Distribute copies of approved schedule for cabinet hardware specified in Division -8 Section "Finish Hardware" to manufacturer of architectural woodwork; coordinate cabinet shop drawings and fabrication with hardware requirements. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. Do not deliver woodwork until painting, wet work, grinding, and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions ". PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with Woodwork Manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage and installation. Do not install woodwork until these conditions have been attained and stablised so that woodwork is within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of construction period. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate feild measurements before manufacturing woodwork; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high pressure decorative as scheduled in the Contract Documents. MATERIALS General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI woodworking standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 SECTION 06402 -2 Particleboard: ANSI A208.1 Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard referenced below: Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA 9 Particleboard: NPA 9 FABRICATION. GENERAL Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: Corners of cabinets and edges of solid wood (lumber) members less than 1 inch in norminal thickness: 1/16 inch. SECTION 06402 - 3 Edges of rails and similar members more than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Factory -cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water - resistant coating. LAMINATE CLAD CABINETS (PLASTIC COVERED CASEWORK) Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 and its Division 4006 "Laminate Clad Cabinets." Grade: Custom AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. Laminate Cladding; High pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: Colors, Patterns and Finishes: Provide material and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: Match color, pattern, and finish indicated by reference to laminate manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. Laminate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate cladding complying with the following requirements for type of surface and grade. Horizontal Surfaces other than Tops: GP -50 (0.050 -inch nominal thickness). Vertical Surfaces: GP -50 (0,050 -inch nominal thickness). Edges: Self edge. Sem iexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: Woodwork manufacturer's standard low pressure laminate. CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except for items specified in Division -8 Section "Finish Hardware ". Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this section for cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of ANSI /BHMA A156.9. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -S -111 for applicable requirements. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -N -105 for applicable requirements. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provided toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts and anchors, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work for subsequent woodwork anchorage. SECTION 06402 -4 PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop - fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. INSTALLATION Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for same grade specified in Part 2 of this section for type of woodwork installed. Install woodwork plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8' -0" for plumb and level (including tops) and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces. jbe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi- exposed surfaces. Touch up factory- applied finished to resore damaged or soiled areas. PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensures that woodwork is being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. HARDWARE SCHEDULE Refer to Division -8 Section "Finish Hardware" for schedule of hardware. END OF SECTION 06402 SECTION 06402 -5 SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SDI Recommended Standards: Doors: Flush, hollow construction standard steel doors for interior locations. Frames: Pressed steel frames for doors for interior openings of the following type: Welded unit type. Drywall slip -on type. Assemblies: Provide standard steel door and frame assemblies as required for the following: Labeled and fire rated. Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted. Painting primed doors and frames is specified in Division -9 Section "Painting ". SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specifications Sections. Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. Label Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire -rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies, submit manufacturer's certification that each door and frame assembly has been constructed to conform to design, materials, and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 08111 -1 Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI /SDI -100 and as herein specified. Fire -Rate Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies whose fire resistance characteristics have been determined per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed by UL, Factory Mutual Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver doors and frames cardboard- wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering standard steel doors and frames which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: MATERIALS Standard Steel Doors and Frames: SECTION 08111 -2 Amweld Building Products, Inc. Ceco Corp. Copco Door Co. Curries Company. Deansteel Manufacturing Co. Fenestra Copr. Kewanee Corp. Mesker Door Co. Pioneer Industries. Premier Products, Inc. Republic Builders Products. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Strips: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 16 -gage sheet steel. Inserts. Bolts. and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Shop Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication. Primer: Rust inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." DOORS Provide metal doors of SDI grades and models specified below or as indicated on drawings and schedules: Interior Doors: ASNI /SDI -100, Grade II, heavy duty, Model 3 or 4, minimum 18 -gage cold- rolled sheet steel faces. FRAMES Provide metal frames for doors of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 16 -gage cold - rolled steel. Fabricate frames with welded corners, except for drywall slip -on type. Fabricate frames for in -place drywall openings with mitered or coped corners to be knocked -down for field assembly as noted on drawings or schedule. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double door frames. FABRICATION Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free . from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory- assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with ASNI /SDI -100 requirements. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads except between non -fire -rated pairs of doors . not more than 1/4 inch, SECTION 08111 -3 Not more than 3/4 at bottom. Tolerances: Comply with ADI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either cold- rolled or hot - rolled steel. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware in accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ASNI A115 Series Specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface- applied hardware. Drilling and tapping fur surface- applied hardware may be done at project site. Locate hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware on Standard Steel Doors and Frames," published by Door and Hardware Institute. Shop Painting: Clean, treat and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and herein as specified. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI -105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames" unless otherwise indicated. Except for frames located at existing drywall installations, place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceiling. Install fire -rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge SECTION 08111 -4 and strike levels. In closed steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. In in -place drywall partitions install knock down sup-on drywall frames. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI /SDI -100. Install fire -rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No 80. ADJUST AND CLEAN Prime Coat Touch -up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air - drying primer. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinished doors. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END. OF SECTION 08111 SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Extent and location of each type of flush wood door is indicated on drawings and in schedules: Type of doors required include the following: Solid core flush wood doors with wood veneer or hardboard faces. Shop priming of flush wood doors is included in this Section. Factory- finishing of flush wood doors is included in this Section. Factory- prefitting of frames and factory- premachining for hardware for wood doors is included in this Section. Wood door frames and other woodwork in juxtaposition to flush wood doors are specified in Division -6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork ". QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Standards: Comply with the following standards: NWWDA Quality Standard: I.S.I. "Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors ", of National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA). AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards ", including Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors ", of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) for grade of door, core construction, finish and other requirements exceeding those of NWWDA quality standard. Fire -Rate Wood Doors: Where required provide wood doors which are identical to door and frame assemblies whose fire resistance characteristics have been determined per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. SECTION 08211 -1 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damag, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors ", as well as with manufacturer's instructions. Identify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of costruction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to project's geographical location: Referenced AWI quality standard including Section 1- 00 -S -3 "Moisture Content ". WARRANTY: General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup, or twist) or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. Warranty shall also include reinstallation which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of Substantial Completion: Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. Contractor's Responsibilities: Replace or refinish doors where Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS SECTION 08211 -2 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering doors which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Solid Core Doors: INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS: Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements: AWI Grade: Custom. Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Comply with the following requirements: Faces and AWI Grade: Provide faces and grade to match non -rated doors in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated, FABRICATION Cal -Wood Door Div., Timberland Industries, Inc. Glen -Mar Door Mfg. Co. Ipik Door Co., Inc. Weyerhaeuser Company SHOP PRIMING: SECTION 08211 -3 Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction to match non -rated doors in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with the following requirements: In sizes indicated for job -site fitting or factory prefit and premachine doors to fit frame opening sizes indicated with the following uniform clearances and bevels: Compy with tolerance requirements of AWI for prefitting. Comply with final hardware schedules and door frame shop drawings and with hardware templates. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory premachining Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Divison- 9.Section "Painting ". PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for typs, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Reject doors with defects. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Hardware: For installation see Division -8 "Finish Hardware" Section of these specifications. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated. Install fire -rated doors in cooresponding fire -rated frames in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 80. Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels . as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Fitting Clearances for Non -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch at jambs and heads; 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Fitting Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: Comply with NFPA 80. Bevel non -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. Bevel fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches in lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. SECTION 08211 -4 Field- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at the job site. • Division -9 Section "Painting" ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. Protect doors as recomended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08211 SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes access doors for installation in the following types of construction: Gypsum drywall. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specifications Sections. Product data in form of manufacturer's technial data and installation instructions for each type of access door assembly, including setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices. QUALITY ASSURANCE Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units, which may vary slightly from sizes indicated. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be built into other work for installation of access doors. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A_QCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering standard steel doors and frames which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Bar -Co., Inc. Cesco Corp. J.L. Industries Karp Associates, Inc. Milcor, Inc. Nystrom, Inc. SECTION 08305 -1 The Williams Brothers Corp. MATERIALS AND FABRICATION General: Fumish each access door assembly manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts, and ready for installation. Steel Access Doors and Frames: Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction unless otherwise indicated. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of support shown. Frames: Fabricate from 16 -gage steel. For gypsum drywall, furnish perforated frames with drywall bead. Flush Panel Doors: Fabricate from not less than 14 -gage sheet steel, with concealed spring hinges or concealed continuous piano hinge set to open 175 degrees. Finish with manufacturer's factory applied prime paint. Locking Devices: Furnish flush, screwdriver - operated cam locks of number . required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATIO(y General: Install access doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for installation. Coordinate installation with work of other trades. ADJUST AND CLEAN Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08305 SECTION 08340 - OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Extent of overhead coiling grilles is shown on drawings. Provide complete operating grille assemblies including curtains, guides, counter- balance mechanisms, hardware, operators, and installation accessories, as indicated. Electrical connections are specified in Division 16. SUBMITTALS QUALITY ASSURANCE Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing -in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead coiling grille. Include operating instructions and maintenance data. Provide each overhead coiling grille as complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following manufacturer: The Cookson Company GRILLE CURTAIN General: Fabricate grille curtain consisting of a network of 5/16 minimum diameter horizontal rods spaced approximately 2" o.c. Interconnect rods by vertical links approximately 5/8" wide, spaced approximately 9" apart and rotating on the rods. Aluminium Grilles: ASTM B 221, with clear, satin anodized finish. SECTION 08340 -1 Bottom Bar: Manufacturer's standard extruded shape or two angles, finished to match grille. End Locks: Continuous end links or other devices at ends of rods, locking and retaining grille curtain in guides against excessive pressures, maintaining curtain alignment and preventing lateral movement. Guides: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum shape having curtain groove with return lips or bars to retain curtain. Furnish pile strips, rigid vinyl liner, or other nonmetallic inserts to prevent metal -to -metal contact and minimize noise of travel. Furnish removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain. COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM C,gunterbalance grille by means of steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel, connected to curtain. Use grease - sealed ball bearings or self - lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. Counterbalance: Hot - formed structural quality carbon steel, welded or seamless pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support the roll -up curtain without distortion and limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03" per foot of span under full load. Furnish spring balance of one or more oil- tempered, heat - treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Provide cast steel barrel plugs to secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft. Fabricate torsion rod for counterbalance shaft of case - hardened steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design, either cast iron or cold- rolled steel plate. SECTION 08340 -2 ELECTRICAL GRILLE OPERATORS General: Furnish electric operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by grille manufacturer; complete with electric motor and factory - prewired motor controls, gear reduction unit, solenoid operated brake, remote control stations, and control devices. Provide hand - operated disconnect or mechanism for automatically engaging a sprocket and chain operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation. Mount disconnect and operator so they are accessible from floor level. Include an interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. Design operator so that motor may be removed without disturbing limit- switch adjustments and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator. Operator Type: Furnish wall- mounted operator units consisting of electric motor, worm gear drive from motor to reduction gear box, chain or worm drive from reduction box to a gear wheel mounted on counterbalance shaft, and disconnect - release for manual operation. Provide motor and drive assembly of horsepower and design as determined by manufacturer for size of unit required. Electric Motors: Provide high - starting torque, reversible, constant duty, Class A insulated electric motors with overload protection, sized to move grille in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3' nor more than 1' per second. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with building electrical system. Provide open- drip -proof type motor, and controller with NEMA Type I enclosure. Remote Control Station: Provide momentary contact, 3 -button control station with push button controls labeled "open ", "close" and "stop ". Provide interior units. full - guarded type, surface - mounted, heavy -duty, with general purpose NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Automatic Reverse Control: Provide each grilled with automatic safety switch, extending full width of bottom, and located within neoprene or rubber astragal mounted to bottom rail. Contact with switch before fully closing will immediately stop downward travel and reverse direction to fully opened position. Connect to control circuit through retracting safety cord and reel or self - coiling cable. Provide electrically or pneumatically actuated automatic bottom bar. Prevent Opening: Provide device preventing opening of grille by any means other than through operator. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install grilles and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified herein. Upon completion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust grilles to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion. END OF SECTION 08340 SECTION 08340 -3 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Definition: "Finish Hardware" includes items known commercially as finish hardware which are required for swing, sliding and folding doors, except special types of unique and non - matching hardware specified in the same section as the door and door frame. Extent of finish hardware required is indicated on drawings and in schedules. Types of finish hardware required include the following: Hinges Lock cylinders and keys Lock and latch sets Closers Thresholds Exit /panic devices Silencers included integral with hollow metal frames are specified with door frames elsewhere in Division -8. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the project's vicinity for a period of not less than 2 years, and who is, or who employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect, and Contractor. Fire -Rate Openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. SECTION 08710 -1 S UBM (ITAL$ Product data: Submit manufacturers technical product date for each item of hardware in accordance with Division -1 Section "Submittals ". Include whatever may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and including instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and finish. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate hardware with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function and finish of hardware. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item. Name and manufacturer of each item. Fastenings and other pertinent information. Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work (e.g. hollow metal frames) which is critical in the project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by finish hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule. Submittal Sequence: Sumit initial draft of schedule along with essential product data in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work (e.g. hollow metal fram) which is critical in the project construction schedule. Submit final draft of schedule after samples, product data, coordination with shop drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. SECTION 08710 -2 Location of hardware set cross- referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc., contained in schedule. Mounting locations for hardware. Door and frame sizes and materials. Keying_ Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, farmes and other work to be factory - prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for proper location and installation of hardware. PRODUCT HANDLING Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. Packaging of hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked wth appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same container. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site) for installation. Provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS SCHEDULED HARDWARE Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware is indicated in the Finish Hardware Data Sheet and Hardware Schedule at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following. Manufacturer's Product Designations: One or more manufacturers are listed for each hardware type required. An asterisk( *) after a manufacturer's name indicates a product designation is used in the Hardware Shedule for purposes of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either the product designated, or, where more than one manufacturer is listed, the comparable product of one of the other manufacturers which comply with requirements including SECTION 08710 -3 those specified elsewhere in this Section. ANSI /BHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section or in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. Butts and Hinges: ANSI /BHMA A156.1 Exit Devices: ANSI /BHMA A156.3. Locks & Lock Trim: ANSI /BHMA A156.2 Door Controls - Closers: ANSI /BHMA A156.4 Auxiliary Locks: ANSI /BHMA A156.4 Architectural Door Trim: ANSI /BHMA A156.6 Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI A156.7 Mortise Locks & Latches: ANSI A156.1 Closer Holder Release Devices: ANSI /BHMA A156.15 Self Closing Hinges & Pivots: ANSI /BHMA 156.17 Materials & Finishes: ANSI /BHMA A156.18 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION General: Hand of door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A156 series standard for each type hardware item and with ANSI A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" material or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware SECTION 08710 -4 which has been prepared for self- tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat- head screws except at otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru -bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work, except where it is not feasible to adequatley reinforce the work. In such cases, provide sleeves for each thru -bolt or use sex screw fasteners. Tools and Maintenance Instructions for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of finish hardware. HINGES. BUTTS AND PIVQTS: Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template - produced units. Screws: Furnish Phillips flat -head or machine screws for installation of units, except furnish Phillips flat -head or wood screws for installation of units into wood. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: Steel Hinges: Steel pins. Non - Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins. Out -Swing Corridor Doors: Non - removable pins. Interior Doors: Non - rising pins. Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves, except where hospital tip (HT) indicated. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges for door leaf for doors 90" or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30" of additional height. LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instruction in writing. SECTION 08710 -5 Standard System: Except as otherwise indicated, provide new masterkey system for project. Equip locks with cylinder for interchangeable -core pin tumbler inserts. Furnish only temporary inserts for the construction period, and remove these when directed. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass /bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indiated, provide individual change key for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. Permanently inscribe each key with number or lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer key symbol, and notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE'. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. Key Quantity: Furnish 4 change keys for each lock; 3 master keys for each master system. Deliver keys to Owner's representative. LOCKS. LATCHES AND BOLTS: Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to potect frame, finished to match hardware set. Provide dust -proof strikes for foot bolts, except where special threshold construction provides non - recessed strike for bolt. Provide roller type stikes where recommended by manufacturer of the latch and lock units. Lock Throw: Provide 5/8 inch minimum throw of latch and deadbolt used on pairs of doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on fire rated openings. Provide 1/2 inch minimum throw on other latch and deadlock bolts. Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of 1/2 inch diameter rods of brass, bronze or stainless steel, with minimum 12 inch long rod for doors up to 7' -0" inheight. Provide longer rods as necssary for doors exceeding 7' -0" in height. SECTION 08710 -6 CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door and anticipated frequency of use. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommend for use with standard arms. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Access -Free Manual Closers: Where manual closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A117.1 provisions for door opening force and delayed action closing. THRESHOLDS General: Except as otherwise indicated provide standard vinyl threshold unit of type, size and profile as shown or scheduled. HARDWARE FINISHES Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, and except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different for individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. In general, match items to the manufacturer standard finish for thelatch and lock set for color and texture. Provide finishes which match those established by BHMA. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness and other quality complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified for the applicable units of hardware by referenced standards. Provide protective lacquer coating on all exposed hardware finishes of brass, bronze and aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix " -NL" is used with standard finish designations to indicate "no lacquer ". The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finished are those listed in ANSI A156.18 "Materials & Finishes Standard ", including coordination with the traditional US finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products. PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 08710 -7 INSTALLATION Mount Hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Stee Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by Architect.. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in Division -9 Sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. Set units level. plumg and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necesary for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units which are not factory- prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl- rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant. ADJUST AND CLEAN Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made.. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilation equipment. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. Continued Maintenance Service: _ Aproximately six months after the acceptance of hardware in each area, the Installer, accompanied by the representative of the latch and lock manufacturer, shall return to the project and re- adjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended SECTION 08710 -8 additions to the maintenance procedure. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. END OF SECTION 08710. All hardware to be satin chrome finish; latch sets to be Schlage; the following hardware groups are provided in a schematic format for minimum criteria only. HARDWARE GROUPS #1 Cylinder lock 4" wide aluminum threshold #2 1 -1/2 pair butts Panic bar Closer Stop Smoke Seals Lock #3 1-1/2 pair butts Closer Latch set with lock (lever) Stop Smoke Seals #4 1-1/2 pair butts Closer. Privacy latch set (lever) Stop Smoke Seals #6 Confirm panic bar release Change lock to match tenant keying #5 " 1: pair butts Self- locking latch set (lever) Silencers Closer Stop HARDWARE SCHEDULE SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Extent of glass and glazing work is indicated on drawings and schedules: Window units, not indicated as "preglazed ". Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that related to this Section: Division 8 Section "Unframed Mirrors." SYSTEM DESCRIPTION General: Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, and impact loading (where applicable) without failure including loss or breakage of glass, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work. SUBMITTALS Product data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product required, including installation and maintenance instructions. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, 12 inch long samples of each color required for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative of adjoining framing system in color. Certificate: Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials fumished for project comply with requirements. Separate certification will not be required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program involving a recognized certification agency or independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. SECTION 08800 -1 QUALITY ASSURANCE DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING PROJECT CONDITIONS: PART2- PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS SECTION 08800 -2 Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: Submit statement from sealant manufacturer indicating glass and glazing materials have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants and interpreting test results relative to material performance, including recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual" except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to those publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or other referenced standards. Tempered Glass: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide tempered glass permanently marked with certification label of certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Single Source Res onp sibility for Glass: To ensure consistent quality of appearance and performance, provide materials produced by a single manufacturer or fabricator for each kind and condition of glass indicated and composed of primary glass obtained from a single source for each type and class required. Protect glass and glazing materials during delivery, storage, and handling to comply with manufacturer's directions and as required to prevent edge damage to glass, damage to glass and glazing materials from effects of moisture including condensation, of temperature changes, of direct exposure to sun, and from other causes. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing manufacturer or when joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg.F (4.4 deg. C). Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: i Manufacturers of Heat- Treated Glass: AFG Industries, Inc. Cardinal Inc. Environmental Glass Industries Falconer Glass Industries Ford Glass Division Guardian Industries Corp. Hordis Brothers, Inc. LOF Glass, Inc. PPG Industries, Inc. Saint - Gobain /Eu roglass Spectrum Glass Prod. Div., H.H. Robertson Co. Viracon, Inc. GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL Heat - Treated Glass Standard: Provide heat - treated glass which complies with ASTM C 1048 requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, class, quality, and if applicable, form, finish and pattern. Sizes: Fabricate glass to sizes required for glazing openings indicated, edge clearances and tolerances complying with recommendations of glass manufacturer. Provide thicknesses indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by glass manufacturer for application intended. HEAT - TREATED GLASS PRODUCTS Manufacturing Process: Manufacture heat - treated glass as follows: By horizontal (roller hearth) process with roll wave distortion parallel with bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. Uncoated Clear Heat - Treated Float Glass: Condition A (uncoated surfaces,), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class I (clear), Quality q3 (glazing selected), kind as indicated below: Kind FT (fully tempered) where indicated. ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS AND PREFORMED GLAZING TAPES General: Provide products of type indicated and complying with the following requirements: Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials with which they will come into contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated SECTION 08800 -3 by testing and field experience. Suitability: Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selection of glazing sealants and tapes which have performance characteristics suitable for applications indicated and conditions at time of installation. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those for Type, Grade, Class and Uses. Colors: Provide color of exposed sealant indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Two -Part P01 ysulfide Glazing Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, MM, G, A, and, as applicable to uses indicated, O. Preformed Butyl - Polyisobutylene Glazing Tape: Provide manufacturer's standard solvent -free butyl - polyisobutylene formulation with a solids content of 100 %; complying with AAMA A 8044.1; in extruded tape form; non - staining and non - migrating in contact with non - porous surfaces; packaged in rolls with a release paper on one side; with or without continuous spacer rod as recommended by manufacturers of tape and glass for application indicated. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, glazing sealants which may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Two -Part Pol ysulfide Glazing Sealant: "Chem -Calk 200 "; Bostik Construction Products Div. "Synthecalk GC -5 "; Pecora Corp. Preformed Butyl -Pol isy obutylene Glazing Tape: "Chem -Tape 40 ", "Chem -Tape 60 "; Bostik Construction Products Div. "Extru - Seal ", "Shim - Seal "; Pecora Corp. "PTI 303" Glazing Tape; Protective Treatments, Inc. "Tremco 440 Tape ", "Preshimmed Tremco 440 Tape "; Tremco Inc. GLAZING GASKETS Lock -Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions of size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock strips, complying with ASTM C 542; black. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: SECTION 08800 -4 Cadillac Rubber & Plastics, Inc. Maloney Precision Products Co. The Standard Products Co. MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS: Compatibility: Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. Cleaners. Primers, and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks as required for compatibility with glazing sealants, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness. Spacers: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks, or continuous extrusions, as required for compatibility with glazing sealants, of size, shape and hardness recommended by glass and sealant manufacturers for application indicated. Edge Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks as required for compatibility with glazing sealants, of size and hardness required to limit lateral movement (side - walking) of glass. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Require Glazier to inspect Work of glass framing erector for compliance with manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners; for existence of minimum required face or edge clearances; and for effective sealing of the joinery. Obtain Glazier's written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of glazing work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Clean glazing channels and other framing members to receive glass, immediately before glazing. Remove coating which are not firmly bonded to substrates. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where elastomeric sealants are indicated for use. GLAZING. GENERAL: Comply with combined printed recommendations of glass manufacturers, of manufacturers of sealants, gaskets and other glazing materials, except where SECTION 08800 -5 more stringent requirements are indicated, including those of referenced glazing standards. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated in details are intended to provide fore necessary bit on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealing thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by job conditions at time of installation. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation; use a rolling bock in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass comers. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass within openings; do not raise or drift glass with pry bar. Rotate glass with flares or bevels along one horizontal edge which would occur in vicinity of setting blocks to that these are located at top of opening. Remove from project and dispose of glass units which edge damage or other imperfections of kind that, when installed, weakens glass and impairs performance and appearance. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants. GLAZING: Install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located one quarter of glass width from each corner, but with edge nearest corner not closer than 6" from corner, unless otherwise required. Set blocks in thin course of sealant which is acceptable for heal bead use. Provide spacers, inside and out, of correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height), except where gaskets or glazing tapes with continuous spacer rods are used for glazing. Provide 1/8 inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly Tess than final compressed thickness of tape. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing standard, except where otherwise required by glass unit manufacturer. Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow and similar characteristics. Provide compressible filler rods or equivalent back -up material, as recommended by sealant and glass manufacturers, to prevent sealant from adhering to joints back surface as well as to control depth of sealant for optimum performance, unless otherwise indicated. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate e voids and to ensure complete "wetting" or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. SECTION 08800 -6 • • ui':•: T PART 1 - GENERAL N RELATED DOCUMENTS ED L Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Unframed glass mirrors. References: FS -DD -G -451 - Glass, Float or Plate, Sheet, Figured (Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors, and other Uses.) SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specification Sections. Product data for mirrors. Shop drawings indicating mirror layouts, relevant field dimensions, joint locations, support and edge details, cutout sizes and locations, type, thickness, and tint of glass mirrors. PRODUCT HANDLING Deliver. store. and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. WARRANTY Furnish five -year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. Include coverage of glass and coating against discoloration, silver spoilage, and manufacturing defects, and against failure from mastic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MIRRORS Mirror Glass: FS DD -G -451 (d); 1/4 inch thick, Quality q2 clear float glass; full silver coating, copper coating, and manufacturer's standard protective organic coating. SECTION 08835 -1 ACCESSORIES Mounting Hardware: Knape and Vogt No. 278 top, 3/8 inch size. Provide 3/8 inch continuous aluminum "J" shaped channel as manufactured by J.G. Braun Co. for bottom support. Mounting Mastic: Binswanger - Palner, Goodloe E. Moore, Palmer Mirro Mastic, or approved, unless incompatible with mirror backing or substrate. Shims or Air Space Backing: Resilient pads or grommets attached to hanger assembly. FABRICATION Cut mirrors to size in accordance with approved shop drawings; at butt edges grind and polish edges to uniform rounded profile unless otherwise indicated. Drill and cut as required for electrical and other penetrations; drill to form uniform radius at all inside comers; do not overcut corners. Grind all cutout edges . PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Verify that mounting surfaces are sound, smooth, primed and sealed, painted as required at areas behind mirror joints, dry and ready for mirror installation. Starting installation implies acceptance of existing conditions. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been repaired. INSTALLATION Install mounting hardware and mirrors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for the type of substrate. Provide resilient spacers behind each mirror. Secure mirrors to walls using clips at top and bottom edge. Install with 1/8 inch gap between adjoining mirrors. Seal joints between adjacent mirrors. Apply mastic in 6 inch diameter spots, cover 35% of area. CLEANING Remove labels and clean exposed surfaces of mirror units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. SECTION 08835 -2 PROTECTION Protect installation under provisions of Section 01500. END OF SECTION 08835 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY: Extent of each type of gypsum drywall construction required is indicated on the drawings. This Section includes the following types of gypsum board construction: Steel framing members to receive gypsum board. Gypsum board screw - attached to steel framing and furring members. DEFINITIONS clypsum Board Construction Technology: Refer to ASTM C 1 and GA 505 for definitions of terms for gypsum board construction not otherwise defined in this section or other referenced standards. SUBMITTALS Product data from manufactures for each type of product specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire - Resistance Rating. Where indicated, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Provide fire- resistance -rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to GA File Numbers in GA- 600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in U.L. "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing and agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of gypsum board and related joint treatment from a single manufacturer. Delivery Storage and Handling: Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing the brand name and identification of manufacturer and supplier. SECTION 09250 -1 Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum board flat to prevent sagging. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trims. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Environmental Conditions. General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and gypsum board manufacturer recommendations. Minimum Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less then 40 deg F (4 Deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board maintain not less then 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 48 hours prior to application and continuously thereafter until drying is complete. Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during drying, hot weather to prevent materials from drying too rapidly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS of the following: Bostwick Steel Framing Company Dale Industries, Incorporated Gold Bond Building Products Division, national Gypsum Co. Incor, Incorporated Marino Industries Corporation United States Gypsum Company Grid Suspension Systems: Chicago Metallic Corporation National Rolling Mills Company SECTION 09250 -2 Gypsum Board and Related Products: Centex American Gypsum Company Domtar Gypsum Company Georgia- Pacific Corporation Gold Bond Building Products Division, National Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Company STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: General: Provide components which comply with ASTM C 754 for materials and sizes, unless otherwise indicated. Wire for Handers and TieL ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Channels: Cold - rolled steel, 0.0598 inch minimum thickness or base (uncoated) metal and 7/16 inch wide flanges, protected with rust - inhibitive paint, and as follows: Carring Channels: 1 -1/2 inch deep, 475 Ibs per 1000 ft., unless otherwise indicated. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 Ibs per 1000 ft., unless otherwise indicated. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges bent back 90 deg and double over to form 3/16 inch minimum Hp (return), minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and minimum depth is as follows: Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Debt., 2 -1/2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat - shaped, depth of 7/8 inch, and minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal as follows: Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Grid Suspension Systems: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross furring members which interlock to form a modular supporting network. STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs and bent back 90 deg and doubled over to form 3/16" minimum Hp (return) and comply with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: SECTION 09250 -3 Thickness: 0.0179 inch unless otherwise indicated. Depth: 3 -5/8" inches, unless otherwise indicated. Steel Rigid furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat - shaped, depth and minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal as follows: Depth: 7/8 inch. Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Furring Brackets: Serrated -arm type, adjustable, fabricated from corrosion resistant steel sheet complying with ASTM C 645, minimum thickness of of base (uncoated) metal of 0.039 inch, designed for screw attachment to steel studs and steel rigid furring channels used for furring. GYPSUM BOARD: General; Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end joints. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, in either 1/2 inch or 5/8" inch thickness to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, and as follows: Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. Type: Type X for fire - resistance -rated assemblies. Edges: Tapered. Thickness: 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products where Type X gypsum wallboard is indicated: "Gyprock Fireguard 'C' Gypsum Board "; Domtar Gypsum Co. "Fire- Shield F "; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. "SHEETROCK Brand FIRECODE 'C' Gypsum Panels "; United States Gypsum Co. TRIM ACCESSORIES: Cornerbead and Edge Trim for Interior Installation: Provide corner beads, edge trim and control joints which comply with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below. SECTION 09250 -4 Materials: Formed metal, plastic or metal combined with paper, with metal complying with the following requirement: Sheet metal coated with zinc by electrolytic processes, or with aluminum. Edge trim shapes indicated below by reference to designations of Fig. 1 in ASTM C 1047: "LC" Bead, unless otherwise indicated. "L" Bead where indicated. "U" Bead where indicated. GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Use pressure sensitive or staple attached open -weave glass fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by the manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. Drying ,Type Joint Com oo unds: Factory prepackaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. Job-Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site. Taping compound formulated for embedded tape for for first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: General: provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall construction which comply with referenced standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating gypsum boards. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting -type joint compound of type recommended for spot grouting hollow metal door frames. SECTION 09250 -5 Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating gypsum boards to metal framing. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C1002 Concealed Acoustical Sealants: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleading, gunnable sealant complying with requirement specified in Division -7 section "Joints Sealers." Sound Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral fiber blanket produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing); and as follows: Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION: Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or abuts, preset hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with the requirements of installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION: Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with installer of overhead structural systems to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling anchors in a manner that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support the ceiling. INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING: Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM 0 840 requirements that apply to framing installations. Install supplementary framing. blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar construction to comply with details indicated and with recommendations of the gypsum board manufacturer, or if none available, with "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. SECTION 09250 -6 Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement, at locations indicated below to comply with details shown on Drawings: Were edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure horizontally at ceiling perimeters or penetration of structural elements. Were partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure. Provide slip or cushioned type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members; independently from both sides of joints with framing or furring members or as indicated. INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to cast -in concrete inserts or other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated. Do not attach hangers to underside of concrete slab with powder - actuated fasteners. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. Keep hangers and braces 2 inches clear of ducts, pipes and conduit. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. Wire Hangers; 0.1620 inch diameter (8 gage), 4 ft. on center. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 4 ft. on center. R' Id Furring Ch n� nels (Furring Members): 16 inches on center. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross furring members or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 ft. as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. SECTION 09250 -7 Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other construction. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring members so that fastening surface do not vary more than 1/8 inch from plane of faces of adjacent framing. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceiling, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames of doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacing indicated but not Tess then that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. For single layer construction: 24 inches on center. Foingle and double layer construction: 24 inches on center. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and gypsum board can be installed in the direction opposite to that of the flange. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA -219 and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb stud. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated, or if none indicated, in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. s: I•h •k• Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standard: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. SECTION 09250 -8 F HI Y MB A D E L Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from the center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not Tess then 24 inches in alternate courses of board. Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimizes the number of end -butt joints, which avoids end joints in the central area of the ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 24 inches. Install wall /partition boards in manner which minimizes the number of end -butt joints or avoids them entirely where possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install board horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a Tight contact at edges and ends with not more the 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. Locate either edg.Qst end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum .board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges, and mill -cut or field -cut against mill -cut or field -cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Atac_�___h gypsum board to steel studs so that leading edge or end of each board is attached to open (unsupported) edge of stud flange first. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip just before inserting board into frame. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated, with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls which are braced internally. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area, and may be limited to not less than 75 percent of full coverage. Fit gypsum board around ducts, pipes, and conduits. SECTION 09250 -9 Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, cut gypsum board to fit profile of coffers and allow 1/4 to 1/2 inch wide joint for sealant. Isolate perimeter of non -load- bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch space and trim edge with "U" bead edge trim. Seal joints acoustical sealant. Where sound -rated drywall construction is indicated, seal construction at perimeters, control and expansion joints, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim, and close off sound - flanking paths around and trough construction, including sealing of partitions above acoustical ceilings. e fasteners in gypsum board boards in accordance with referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. METHODS OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION: Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard as follows: On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall /partition board application to greatest extent possible. On partitions /walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. On partitions /walls 8' -1" or less in height apply gypsum board horizontally (perpendicular to framing); use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints. On z- furring members apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. Double -Layer Application: Install gypsum backing board for base layer and gypsum wallboard for face layer. On ceilings apply base layer prior to application of base layer on walls /partitions; apply face layers in the same sequence. Offset joints between layers at least 10 inches. Apply base layers at right angles to supports unless otherwise indicated. On partitions /walls apply base layer and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layer over supports and face layer joints offset at least 10 inches with base layer joints. SECTION 09250 -10 Fasten with screws. Install corner beads at external corners. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows: Double -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply base layer of gypsum board and face layer to base layer as follows: Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi - exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where "U" bead (semi - finishing type) is indicated. Install "LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. Install "LK" bead where substrate is kerfed to receive long flange of trim. Install "L" bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum board is installed. Install U -type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant filled (including expansion joints). Install plastic edge trim where indicated on wall panels at juncture with ceilings. FINISHING OF DRYWALL: General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting -type joint compound. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. SECTION 09250 -11 Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: Embedding and First Coat: Job -mixed drying type taping compound. Fill (Second) Coat: Job -mixed drying type topping compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Job -mixed drying type topping compound. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall construction which is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire- resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. PROTECTION: provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensure gypsum drywall construction being without damage . or . deterioration at time of Substantial. Completion. END OF SECTION:09250 SECTION 09300 - TILE PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Sectioh. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Glazed paver tile. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specification Sections. Shop drawings indicating tile patterns and locations and widths of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. Locate precisely each joint and crack in tile substrates by measuring, record measurements on shop drawings, and coordinate them with tile joint locations, in consultation with Architect. QUALITY ASSURANCE Single- Source Responsibility for Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. Single- Source Responsibility for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality from one manufacturer for each cementitious and admixture component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the Project. DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. SECTION 09300 -1 Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other causes. Handle tile with temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If despite these precautions coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain environmental conditions and protect Work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup. Maintain temperatures at 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standards or manufacturer's instructions. EXTRA MATERIALS Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials that match product installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS; Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following; Glazed Paver Tile: Refer to schedule at end of Section. Latex- Emulsion -Based Latex - Portland Cement Mortars: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Boiardi Products Corp. Bostik Construction Products Div. Custom Building Products C -Cure Chemical Corp. DAP Inc. Div; USG Corp. L &M Mfg. Inc. SECTION 09300 -2 is Laticrete International Inc. Mapei Corp. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. Syracuse Adhesives Acrylic Emulsions for Latex - Portland Cement Grouts: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Boiardi Products Corp. Bostik Construction Products Div. Custom Building Products C -Cure Chemical Corp. DAP Inc. Div; USG Corp. L &M Mfg. Inc. Laticrete International Inc. Mapei Corp. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. Syracuse Adhesives PRODUCTS, GENERAL ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile indicated. Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade "" requirements unless otherwise indicated. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. Colors. Textures. and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements;. Match color, texture, and pattern indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. TILE PRODUCTS Glazed Paver Tile: Provide flat tile complying with the following requirements: Composition_ Ceramic. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 12 inches by 12 inches. SECTION 09300 -3 Nominal Thickness: 1/4 inch. Face: Plain with square or cushion edges. SETTING MATERIALS Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4, composition as follows: Latex additive (water emulsion) of type described below, serving as replacement for part or all of gauging water, combined at job site with prepackaged dry mortar mix supplied or specified by latex additive manufacturer. Latex type: Styrene butadiene rubber. Latex - Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated, composition as follows: Prepackaged dry grout mix composed of portland cement, graded aggregate, and the following dry polymer additive in the form of a reemulsifiable powder to which only water is added at job site. Dry Polymer Additive: Polyvinyl acetate or ethylene vinyl acetate. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Temporary Protective Coating: Provide product indicated below that is formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout, is compatible with tile and mortar /grout products, and is easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating that is specially formulated and recommended for use as a temporary coating for tile. MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers including those for accurate proportioning of materials, water, or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION SECTION 09300 -4 Examine substrate and areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films and curing compounds. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Field- Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to prevent adhesion or staining of exposed tile surfaces by grout, protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating them with a continuous film of temporary protective coating indicated below, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces: Grout release. INSTALLATION. GENERAL ; BNSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with parts of ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to type of setting and grouting materials and methods indicated. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation "; comply with TCA installation methods indicated. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built -in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely; to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so that plates, collars or covers overlap tile. Jointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. ao■__Ilds. uniform joint widths unless otherwise shown. SECTION 09300 -5 Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tiles. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards: For ceramic tile grouts (sand - portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland cement, and latex- portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10. FLOOR INSTALLATION METHODS Glazed Paver Tile: Install tile designated for floor application to comply with requirements indicated below for setting -bed method, TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction, and grout types. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5 SECTION 09300 Concrete Subfloor, Interior: TCA F113 Grout: Latex - portland cement. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Remove latex- portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensures that tile is without damage to deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear, Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tile floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. END OF SECTION 09300 SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTa Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY: This Section includes acoustical panel ceilings installed with exposed suspension systems. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. Coordination drawings for reflected ceiling plans drawn accurately to scale and coordination penetrations and ceiling- mounted items. Show the following: Ceiling suspension members. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. Size and location of initial access modules. Ceiling mounted items including light fixtures; air outlets and inlets; sprinkler heads; speakers; and special moldings at walls, column penetrations, and other junctures with adjoining construction. Scale: 1/8 inch =1 Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that show compliance of acoustical ceiling system and components with building code in effect for Project. Product test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory that are based on its testing of current products for compliance of acoustical ceiling systems and components with requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 09511 -1 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed acoustical ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for Project. Fire - Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceilings that are identical to those tested for the following fire- performance characteristics, per ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A products. Flame Spread: 25 or less. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. Single- Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. Single- Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system components, and partition system. DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected from damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. PROJECT CONDITIONS SECTION 09511 -2 Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. EXTRA MATERIAL$ Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are package with protective covering for storage, and are identified with appropriate labels. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. Exposed Suspension System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include the following: P.i rf. _ ir: aj ce Rated. Fjssured: USG "Donn Series" 24" x 24" tegular, black. Mineral Base Panels - Painted Surface. Fire - Resistance Rated. Fissured: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. "Minaboard Fisssured" 24" x 48" lay in, white. Fire - Resistance -Rated Direct -Hung Double -Web Suspension Systems: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. USG Interiors, Inc. Edge Moldings: Armstrong World Industries, Inc. USG Interiors, Inc. A;OUSTICAL' UNITS. GENERAL Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide manufacturer's standard units of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as SECTION 09511 -3 designated by reference to types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unless otherwise indicated. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E -400 (plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15 -3/4 inches [400 mm] away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL Standard for Metal Suspension Systems: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable SATM C 635 requirements. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times design Toad indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Gage: Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct- Hung), will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 inch diameter (12 gage). Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide, formed with 0,0365 inch thick galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 446, Coating Designation G90, with bolted connections and 5/16 inch diameter bolts. Edge Molding and Trim: Metal or extruded aluminum of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. Impact Clips: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's standard impact clip system design to absorb impact forces against lay -in panels. FIRE - RESISTANCE -RATED SUSPENSION SYSTEMS Direct -Hung Steel Suspension System: Main and cross - runners roll - formed from prepainted or electrolytic zinc - coated cold - rolled steel sheet, with prefinished 15/16 inch wide metal caps on flanges to match existing suspension system; other characteristics as follows: SECTION 09511 -4 Structural Classification: Intermediate -duty system. Cap Material and Finish: Steel painted white and steel painted black. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates and structural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect installation and anchorage of ceiling system. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other Sections. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less- than - half wdth units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. INSTALLATION General: Install acoustical ceiling systems to comply with installation standard referenced below, per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook." Standard for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: Comply with ASTM C 636 and ASTM E 580. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally patterned units in a manner shown by reflected ceiling plan. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. SECTION 09511 -5 Where widths of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling Toads within performance limits established by referenced standards. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Secure flat. angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for structure to which hangers are attached as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Space hangers not more than 4' -0" o.c. along each, member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. Install hold -down clips in areas indicated and in areas where required by governing regulations or for fire- resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or required. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings. including trim,, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch -up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09511 SECTION 09511 -6 SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating per ASTM E 648. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662. ,S_,l BMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit the following samples of each type, color, and pattern of resilient flooring required, showing full -range of color and pattern variations. Full size tile samples. 6" x 9" samples of sheet flooring. Welding beads for sheet flooring. 2 -1/2 foot long samples of resilient flooring accessories. SECTION 09650 -1 Other material as requested. Certification for Fire Test Performance: Submit certification from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that resilient flooring complies with fire test performance requirements. Maintenance Instructions: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. PROJECT CONDITIONS: (Maintain minimum temperature: of 65 deg. F (18 deg. C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not Tess than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 deg F (13 deg C) in areas where work is completed. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following manufacturer's products: vinyl Composition Tile: Azrock Filled Vinyl Sheet with Fibrous Backing: Armstrong RESILIENT FLOORING COLORS AND PATTERNS: Provide color and patterns as indicated. TILE FLOORING Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS -T -312, Type IV; 12 inches by 12 inches, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: SECTION 09650 -2 Composition 1 - asbestos free. Gaae: 3/32" VINYL SHEET FLOORING: Filled vinyl sheet products are those with a vinyl plastic wearlayer complying with descriptive requirements of FS L -F -475 for wearing surface. Filled Vinyl Sheet with Backing: Provide vinyl sheet with filled vinyl plastic wearlayer and fibrous backing complying with FS L -F -475, Type II, Grade A requirements, with manufacturer's recommended static load limitt of 100 psi, and 72" minimum sheet width. Welding Thread: Vinyl thread or rod as produced by manufacturer of sheet vinyl flooring and intended for heat sealing of joints. Color: Match field color of flooring. ACCESSORIES Vinyl Wall Base: Provide vinyl base complying with FS SS -W -40, Type II, with matching end stops and preformed or molded corner units, and as follows: Height: 6 inches. Thickness: 1/8 inch gage Style: Standard top -set cove. Finish; Matte Vinyl Carpet Cove: Provide vinyl base complying with FS SS -W -40, Type II, with matching end stops and preformed or molded corner units, and as follows: Height: 4 inches Thickness: 1/8 inch gage Style: Standard top -set cove. Finish: Matte Resilient Edge Strips: 1/8 inch thick, homogeneous vinyl composition, tapered or bullnose edge, color as selected by Architect from standard colors available; not less than 1 inch wide. Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suite material and substrate condition. SECTION 09650 -3 Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex types as recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Require Installer to inspect subfloor surfaces to determine that they are satisfactory. A satisfactory subfloor surface is defined as one that is smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, coating preventing adhesive bond, and other defects impairing performance or appearance. Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete subfloors to determine if surfaces are sufficiently cured and dry as well as to ascertain presence of curing compounds. Do not allow resilient flooring work to proceed until subfloor surfaces are satisfactory. PREPARATION Prepare subfloor surfaces as follows: Use leveling and patching compounds as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks, holes, and depressions in subfloor. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including curing compounds incompatible with resilient flooring adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. Groom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's directions. INSTALLATION. GENERAL: Where movable partitions are shown, install resilient flooring before partitions. Install resilient flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Extend resilient flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. SECTION 09650 -4 Scribe. cut. and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built -in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non - permanent marking device. Install resilient flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items occurring within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Tightly cement edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. Tightly cement resilient flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll resilient flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS: Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and atp tern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, chipped, cracked or deformed tile are not acceptable. Lay tile with grain running in one direction. sere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. INSTALLATION OF SHEET FLOORING Lay sheet flooring to provide as few seams as possible with economical use of materials. Match edges for color shading and pattern at seams in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Adhere sheet flooring to substrates using method approved by flooring manufacturer for type of sheet flooring and substrate condition indicated. Use conventional full spread adhesive method unless otherwise indicated. Use conventional perimeter bonding adhesive procedures where recommended by flooring manufacturer. SECTION 09650 -5 Prepare seams in vinyl sheet flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for most inconspicuous appearance, sealing continuously with fluid - applied sealant or adhesive as standard with manufacturer. Provide integral flash cove base where shown on drawings, including cove support strip and metal top edge strip. Construct coved base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed comer units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or cope inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Perform following operations immediately upon completion of resilient flooring: Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer has elapsed to allow resilient flooring to become well - sealed in adhesive. Damp mop floor being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate cleaner as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. Protect flooring against damage during construction period to comply with resilient flooring manufacturer's directions. Apply protective floor polish to resilient flooring surfaces free from soil, excessive moisture or surface blemishes. Use commercially available metal cross - linked acrylic product acceptable to resilient floor manufacturer. Protect resilient flooring against damage from rolling loads for initial period following installation by covering with plywood or hardboard. Use dollies to move stationary equipment or furnishings across floor. SECTION 09650 -6 Cover resilient flooring with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for substantial completion. Clean resilient flooring not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of project. Clean resilient flooring by method recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. Strip protective floor polish,. which was applied after completion of installation, prior to cleaning. Reapply floor polish after cleaning. EXTRA STOCK: Deliver stock of maintenance materials to Owner. Furnish maintenance materials from same manufactured lot as materials installed and enclosed in protective' packaging with appropriate identifying labels. Tile Flooring: Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, for each type, color, pattern and size installed. END OF SECTION 09650 SECTION 09800 - SPECIAL COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Sec, ion includes application of special coating systems to intems and surfaces scheduled, including surface preparation, prime coats and topcoats. Types of special coating systems required for the project include: Special coatings for Interior Use: Sealant for concrete slab floor. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information including basic materials analysis and application instructions for each coating material specified. Samples: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Concrete: Provide two 4" square samples for each type of color and finish. DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg. F in a well ventilated area. Maintain containers used in storage of coatings in a clean condition, free of foreign matterand residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary precautionary measures to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequatly protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of coatings. SECTION 09800 -1 PROJECT CONDITIONS Appy coatings only when the temperature of surfaces to be coated and surounding air temperatures are above 45 deg. F, unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by: Ceramaseal. INTERIOR COATING MATERIALS Sealers: Provide two coats of Siloxane. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrate and areas under which coating will be performed for compliance with requirements for application of coatings. Do not proceed with applciation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Start of coating work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces within a particular area. PREPARATION General: Remove hardware, hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, light fixtures, and similar items which are not to be coated, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and coating. Remove these items if necessary for complete coating of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of coating operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed, using workmen skilled int he trades involved. Clean surfaces before applying coatings or surface treatments. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. Surface Preparation: Perform surface preparation and cleaning in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions for the particular substrate conditions, and as specified. Cementitious Surfaces: Prepare surfaces of concrete to receive special coatings by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, release agents, grease, and oils. SECTION 09800 -2 Use abrasive blast cleaning methods if recommended by the coating system manufacturer. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be coated by performing appropriate tests. Do not apply coatings over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in the manufacturer's printed directions. Material Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare materials in compliance with the coating manufacturer's directions. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and as required during application. Do not stir film, which may form on surfaces, into the material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain the coating material before using. APPLICATION Apply special coatings in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Bpojy two coats. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply at not thinner than the manufacturer's . recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Cleaning: At the end of each work day, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags and other discarded materials from the site. PROTECTION Protect work of other trades, whether to be coated or not, against damage from coating. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating as acceptable to the Architect. Leave in an undamaged condition. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of coating operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch -up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. END OF SECTION 09800 SECTION 09800 -3 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. Surface 2ggaration. specified in this section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules," except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain neutral. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. Painting includes field painting exposed bare and covered ducts and pipes (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and electrical equipment. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory- finished components: Plastic laminate cashwrap Acoustic materials Finished mechanical and electrical equipment Light fixtures Switchgear Distribution cabinets Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall and ceiling surfaces in the following generally inaccessible areas: SECTION 09900 -1 Furred areas Utility tunnels Pipe spaces Duct shafts Elevator shafts Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: Anodized aluminum Stainless steel Chromium plate Copper Bronze Brass Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment such as the following: Valve and damper operators Linkages Sensing devices Motor and fan shafts Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metals. Division 6 Section "Architectural Woodwork" for shop priming custom wood casework. Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming steel doors and frames. pivision_15 and 16: Painting mechanical and electrical work is specified under Divisions 15 and 16 respectively. DEFINITIONS "Paint" includes coating system materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information, label analysis, and application instructions for each material proposed for use. SECTION 09900 -2. List each material and cross - reference the specific coating and finish system and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Samples for verification purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Define each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: Painted Wood: Provide two 12 inch by 12 inch samples of each color and material on hardboard. QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 09900 -3 Natural Wood: Provide two 4 inch by 8 inch samples of natural wood finish on actual wood surfaces. Painted GWB: Provide two 12 inch by 12 inch samples of each color and material on GWB. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4 inch square samples of flat metal and two 8 inch long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. Single- Source Res onp sibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Federal Specifications establish a minimum quality level for paint materials, except where other product identification is used. Provide written certification from the manufacturer that materials provided meet or exceed these criteria. Products that comply with qualitative requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirements, may be considered for use when acceptable to the Architect. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificated of performance to Architect for proposed substitutions. DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING 95 deg F (35 deg C). Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. i Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces , and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during SECTION 09900 -4 application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of Parker Paint as indicated on paint schedule in Contract Documents. PRIMERS Latex -Based Interior White Primer: Latex -based primer coating used on interior gypsum drywall under a flat latex paint or an alkyd semigloss enamel. Exterior Primer Coating: Exterior alkyd wood primer for priming wood under alkyd gloss enamels, flat lusterless finish, and wood trim under medium shade or deep color high -gloss alkyds. Synthetic. Rust - Inhibiting Primer: Quick - drying, rust inhibiting primer for priming ferrous metal on the exterior under full -gloss and flat alkyd enamel and on the interior under flat latex paint or odorless alkyd semigloss or alkyd gloss enamel. UNDERCOAT MATERIALS Interior Enamel Undercoat: Ready mixed enamel for use as an undercoat over • wood and hardboard under an odorless alkyd semigloss enamel or full gloss alkyd enamel.. Interior Enamel Undercoat: Ready mixed enamel for use as an undercoat over a primer on ferrous or zinc - coated metal under an interior alkyd semigloss enamel or full gloss alkyd enamel. INTERIOR FINISH PAINT MATERIAL Latex - based. Interior Flat Paint: Ready- mixed, latex based paint for use as a flat finish over prime- coated gypsum drywall. Latex - based. Interior Eggshell Paint: Ready - mixed, latex based paint for use as an eggshell finish over prime - coated gypsum drywall surfaces. Interior Satin Odorless Alkyd Enamel: Low -odor, satin, alkyd enamel for use over a primer and undercoat on wood, hardboard and ferrous metal surfaces and over a primer on gypsum drywall. Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel: Low -odor, semigloss, alkyd enamel for use over a primer and undercoat on wood, hardboard and ferrous metal surfaces and over a primer on gypsum drywall. SECTION 09900 -5 Water -based Odorless Satin Varnish: Low -odor, water based varnish for use as a finish coat over natural wood. MISCELLANEOUS WOOD FINISHING MATERIALS Paste Wood Filler: Solvent- based, air - drying, paste -type wood filler for use on open -grain wood on interior wood surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements for application of paint. Do not begin paint application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. PREPARATION General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place that are not to be painted, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled .in the trades involved. Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over compatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing of problems anticipated with using the specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others. Wood: Clean surf aces of dirt, oil and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or SECTION 09900 -6 plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, . and paneling. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. When transparent finish is required, backprime with varnish. Ferrous Metals: Clean nongalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and in accordance with requirements of SSPC specification SSPC -SP 10. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. APPLICATION, Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of materials being applied. SECTION 09900 -7 Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed, surfaces, or conditions detrimental formation of a durable paint film. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in "schedules." Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or frilled, with a flat nonspecular black paint. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop - primed and touch up painted. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. SECTION 09900 -8 Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not Tess than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. Prime Coats: Before application finish coats, apply a prime coat of materials as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Provide a finish free of cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass- smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, runs, sags, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. C EANING Provide satin finish for final coats. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. PROTECTION, Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. Provide "wet paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE SECTION 09900 -9 General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates as indicated. SECTION 09900 - 10 Lusterless (Flat) Emulsion Finish: 2 coats. Primer: Latex -Based Interior White Primer (FS TT -P -650). Finish Coat: Latex -Based Interior Flat Paint (FS TT -P -29) Odorless Eggshell Alkyd Enamel Finish: 3 coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. Primer: Latex -Based Interior White Primer (FS TT -P -650). First Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT -E -509). Second Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT -E -509). Odorless Semigloss Alkyd Enamel Finish: 3 coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. Primer: Latex -Based Interior White Primer (FS TT -P -650). First•Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT -E -509). Second Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT -E -509). Woodwork and Hardboard: Semigloss Enamel Finish: 3 coats. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT -E -543). First Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT -E -509). Second Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT-E-509). Natural- Finish Woodwork: Satin Varnish Finish: 3 coats. First coat: Satin Varnish. Second coat: Satin Varnish. Third coat: Satin Vamish. Ferrous Metal: Primer is not required on shop- primed items. Full -Gloss Alkyd Enamel: 2 finish coats over primer. END OF SECTION 09900 Primer: Synthetic Rust Inhibiting Primer (FS TT -P -664). First Cwt: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT -E- 543). Second Coat: Interior. Alkyd Gloss Enamel (FS TT -E -506). Satin Alkyd Enamel: 2 finish coats over primer. Primer: Synthetic Rust Inhibiting Primer (FS TT -P -664). First Coat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT -E -543). Second Coat: Interior Alkyd Satin Enamel (FS TT-E-509). 10425 Design Build Signage The subcontractor shall be resposible for design and installation of the complete system inclusive of coordination of field conditions, design of the system, obtaining necessary permits from governing authorities, and overall installation. Neon letters and blue neon accent strip must be controlled by dimmer from within the space. At the time of bidding, submit a preliminary layout of the work to be performed and a list of equipment. Within one week of award of bid, submit to the Architect complete drawings of the. installation. SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. CABINETS. AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following. Fire extinguishers. Mounting brackets. QUALITY ASSURANC Single - Source Responsibility: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single manufacturer. UL- Listed Products: Fire extinguishers UL- listed and bear UL "Listing Mark" for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. FM- Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher and carry appropriate FM marking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to: Allenco. Ansul Flre Protection, Wormald US Inc. Badger - Powhatan. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. J.L. Industries. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. Modem Metal Products by Muckle. Potter - Roemer, Inc. Samson Metal Products, Inc. Walter Kidde, Division of Kidde, Inc. Watrous Inc. SECTION 10522 -1 MOUNTING BRACKETS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS General: Provide fire extinguishers for locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, which comply with requirements of governing authorities. Fill and service extinguishers to comply with requirements of governing authorities and manufacturer. Abbreviations indicated below identify extinguisher types related to UL classification and rating system and not necessarily to type and amount of extinguishing material contained in extinguisher. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL -rated 2- A:10 -B:C, 5 Ib. nominal capacity in enameled steel container. Provide brackets designed to prevent accidental dislodgement of extinguisher, of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguiser indicated in plated finish. Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets. Identify bracket - mounted extinguish= with red letter decals spelling "FIRE EXTINGUISHERS" applied to wall surface. Letter size, subtle, and location as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install items included in this Section in locations and at mounting heights indicated, or if not indicated, at heights to comply wtih applicable regulations of governing authorities. Securely fasten mounting brackets to structure, square and plumb, to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Where exact location of bracket - mounted fire extinguishers is not indicated, locate as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 10522 SECTION 10522 -2 SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divison 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includea the following toilet accessory items: Toilet tissue dispenser. Towel dispenser. Mirror with stainless shelf. Grab bar. Soap dispenser. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division -1 Specifications. PROJECT CONDITIONS Coordination: Coordinate accessory locations, installation, and sequencing with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper installation, operation, adjustment, cleaning, and servicing of toilet accessory items. PART 2 - PRO ' UCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. MATERIALS, GENERAL Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 22 -gage (.034- inch) minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B 19; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16, Castings, ASTM B -30. SECTION 10800 -1 Sheet Steel: Cold- rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 20 -gage (.040 -inch) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro- deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0 mm (0.23 inch) thick, conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed. Keys: Unless otherwise indicated, provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing, resupply, etc. Provide minimum of three (3) keys to Owner's representative and obtain receipt. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER Single Roll Dispenser: Bobrick #B -264. Surface mounted. Sized to accommodate core tissue to 4 -1/2- inch - diameter roll. Fabrication: Heavy gauge steel with bright polished chrome finish, vandal - proof, and a controlled delivery mechanism. TOWEL DISP NSER Surface Mounted Unit: Bobrick #B262. Fabricate of stainless steel for nominal with hinged front equipped with tumbler lockset. Provide pierced slots at sides a refill indicator. GRAB BARS Capacity: Not less than 400 C -fold paper towels or 525 Multifold without need for special adaptors. Stainless Steel Type: Bobrick #B 68137. Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than 18 gage (.050 inch) and as follows: Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages. Clearance: 1 -1/2 inches clearance between wall surface SECTION 10800 -2 and inside face of bar. Gripping Surface: Smooth, satin finish. Size: Outside diameter of 1 -1/2 inches. SOAP DISPENSERS Liquid Soap Dispenser. Wall- Mounted: Bobrick #B 44. Wall- mounted piston and spout type unit with minimum 18 fluid ounce capacity shatterproof translucent container. MIRROR UNIT Equip unit with valve for dispensing soap in liquid form. Stainless Steel Framed Mirror -Shelf Unit : Bobrick #B 1669. Theft resistant channel frame mirror with one piece integral shelf. Fabricated shelf of type 304 stainless steel, stain finish; shelf to project 5" with 3/8" return edges on front and sides. Front return edge to be hemmed for maximum rigidity. Concealed 16 gauge stainless steel brackets attach shelf to mirror frame. FABRICATION Surface - Mounted Toilet Accessories. General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10800 SECTION 10800 -3 SOUT FREDERICK & NELSON 1 L c rA f SYMBOL LEGEND BUILDING COLUMN LINE BUILDING SECTION CALLOUT DETAIL CALLOUT- SECTION DETAIL CALLOUT -PLAN OR ELEV. BUILDING ELEVATION CALLOUT INTERIOR ELEVATION CALLOUT OWNER FURNISHED ITEM FINISH MATERIAL CALLOUT DOOR CALLOUT LIGHT FIXTURE CALLOUT PARTITION TYPE CALLOUT T C LL STOCK FIFA ROOM NAME & NUMBER ( 002. 1 INDEX A -0 A -1 A -2 A -3 A -4 A -5 M -1 M -2 TTM -3 TTM•4 E -1 fTE_ -2 ��, /r,yy y�j� {L�j•� ,{ ,,,,l''':.;1:," r .h -,f; t:' { I :. .. •e -F ...`F( : Y : ti •_1. Y..xi a .��« - '/:�. III III 'eSJl�r'QIYt�i l�ti '` h I I I'! I I I 1 ! i I 1 I f�! Ili III fIl II'' III ill I i 111'i It I�� III IIIIII III �lIl��l ' III I f ►f�! I II ICI ►I�1ii fl►If11III Ili rl�llIl tl' r 0 16THSIKKH 1 2 3 4 5 _ 6 7 8 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice. it is due to the quality of the original document. Cover Sheet / Project Info Not Used Floor & Reflected Ceiling Plans Interior Elevations & Sections Storefront Sections & Elevations Misc. Details Mechanical Plans Mechanical Notes Mechanical Mall Criteria Mechanical Mall Criteria Electrical Plans Electrical Mall Criteria Illlii ! 1I ,llll 9 t 10 11 '' ADt " RMANY 12 OE 6Z BZ LZ 9Z 5Z 7Z CZ ZZ IZ 03 61 Al /.> el St 7L e ZI tt C`l 6 e G (( 9 s ti e z I "ry 0 �! III! illlllll�lllill!! I�I! I! i !! I!�lilillllli!iII�I�IIIII�I�I II! i ;!! I!{1 LIIllu! ll�l! lillil:jl !!III!I�11!!II!II�IIIII�II1�L11 Ill l! I! I�I!! I�lIII�! Ul�ti! I�! IIIlIIIIIIii! �1! Ulilll�lllllllll�llllii!! I�Illllil !Il illlill!!�I!IIIlI! ;�!!II�II! �!!I!I!!!I�I�!!!!Ill�i! 1111 !!III!IIIIIII�II!Illlll�lllil PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name: Owner: Landlord: Use: Occupancy: Construction Type: Code: Gross Area: Occupant Load: Architect: General Contractor: TBD FINAL APPROVAL FOR ALL TENANT SPACES WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE SOUTHCENTER MALL EXPANSION, ARE SUBJECT TO THE COMPLETION TESTING, AND APPROVAL OF ITS SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM PER CHAPTER 56 OF THE U.B.C. ZUMIEZ SOUTHCENTER Southcentcr Mall, Space 4384 Seattle, Washington Job 429.92 Gary Haakenson ZUMIEZ aka, Above The Belt, Inc. 909 SE Everett Mall Way Suite A -190 Everett, WA 98208 Jacobs Brothers Co. 25425 Center R■dge Roaa Cleveland, Ohio 44145 -412.2 (216) 871-4800 Retail 0 -2 Type IIIN Uniform Building Code - 2100 sf 70 people David J. Murphy Murphy Varey 1932 First Ave Suite 614 Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 448 -2690 - -NOTES it ;9 1 4 6988-Edition understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of con- tractor's copy of approved plans acknowi;ge. By 6 ?it..1A- Date 9 4 3 9 2_ —�-� -- - o a�lc Permit No FILE COPY APPROV SE? 1 199? Ito th 7 V iStO RECEIVED cITY or TI:KWILA AN 13 992 °--2 0 atici :.: rna: Ho_ nYr�axy5csv .:3Ct�kKr:y�a?asV ;''; ) ROOM BASE | ' 8OOR WALLS : Ct''JIG { �'_ P'3 � p'3 I COMMENT � 001 '-'- --'---- OV% - ___ ___ __ 003 . .R8wkuonm 0V4 _ Su�o R0'1 / ST'{ ST'{ ----�- -- RF | ST-1 ST-1 ---- ' |p'| NORTH P'1 P'i --- EAST P-1 P'{ / --- --� SOUTH -- �l� P'1 p'1 -' - P'1 / --_--_ f WE ST _ - P'l p-I r -� - - / P'1 - p'1 | �'\ - - � 1 'SiorkRnom H8'1 _ _ ___ _ __ '_ - QF / iCmdnr R8'1 � nVD/o8$ gOn R8'1 Hp8d� ` _ '-'_- _ -'_---- - - __----'---f-'----- � :Unfinished '- ~ - . — ----- | Ex\une Cove b^W/MUTdm p'| �� ------- P'| M}R'�/P'\ --__-__'' --_- | 005 ___-.--__ • A'4 � � = A'4 T. 3 A-5 V- � ) t NI 'uwor Overhead Grille AWoob*nd Wing [onn Power tor Neon SIgnmgm iTL'Recessed ------- Track Et) YertiCm( uoNd cable iighte. ,.//Or Va. •■•• ••■•• NPR 0 � + ����� / -------� ------ �- -----~-- ' - _ � j • | M � � � _ \ / / . -- -------' +� '� / ------- ------ --------^------- - -------------- Provide outlet In be i111•••4101. •■•••13 ------'- -Aluminum Threshold hnom _____-_-_- FLOOR /l Fl [l � / K\ F L [1 [l [� [- � r� | ` SCALE: 1~/1^- �-M^ �""^^, .'-`- . " �[`A|�' 1/�1^ ' - �- ~ � �`~°`^..'_- . " Retell Display System F - /� T � �� (� � (i �N ( [- L� i L_ [] L^ L {L {|� [] Note: Provide Conduit From Door Motor ?nCmwhwrmV For Controls � L- Provide power & Act hoard for security system inside soffit 3 L AN | ' / / ---�--- -- - -- /�---'^ . `\ 1 � ; ~ ~.�� - ~1! �/ � /! - _ ~~ .Y . d V`. |' / � � . �Vbbmr Floor M�K m^,uo � Dyed Swobd Concrete Sieb wta^�_�. C.uoh Wrap bXOthers MomntTnonStrum8r |V'.V` r- Cable LIghteMounted 8`0` / / Suspended Ceiling Unit, By Others. ExVwnod MUScpnon. Mount uV Unit deers 8�2^AFF. \u, f4LirilS • � f � 1 / / . ' \ i Not Tote \- GwbPUuminr RETAIL /I\ El 1 `v ` •••■••••■ ••••••••••••••••••••■■•••■•••••• ~ 'C^ ( . �� | 4 [-����� ��� ^ v � � ""v �� LI at il hi Li ENTE 2o. Suspended Treck 0u 9�0' GENERAL NOTES: T U � \ J < / A WASHINGTON � | | r EQ. / |i � � -- T \| J / \| \ � See 7/A'3 For Y�tE�vNNwnm DRESS,QM EQ. I | `` (6 / UR[S9.RM �4 ! 006 ! _____ `.. ) O�t��.mn ' y � i - '-=- I EMMI �:` 0 .. ^ �. ,.^' /--`�°.^� `".~°��^�,^ � `,` �,='-`- -" -� ' _- ~ '�~ " ` � c � *'� // |||/|�!!|||�|�|||j|/|!{ //||�'/|�{||j|/'(i||)/�!///}/||U|��yD| /|/|�|��i/||/M�f'|||||||�(|�|��/�/| � � / | / / / / / { / | ' | / � | / / / ' / / | / / | / |`/ /'/'| |'/'|'�'|'/'|'/'||� |'/'|'/ | /'�'' | �� � !IT nwINCli l 2 3 4, 5 � ��� ' ����� ��'��� ����m�a� ' �w�m�m ' ;;,4„ NOTE: -- --- ----------- -------- ~~°�°~ it is due to the ~~~x�°= ~ .cc _ �� Pa Schedule HOLD C OR r 004 D ` r - Shelving Sys. } �nm�n SEE 111A-5 FOR WALL TYPES Mount A110'-0' NUMBER: JOB DRAWN BY: CHECKED 81: /, / ISSUE DATE: } � 8.1 1.92 F ' / | 7 -'- '- is 1288 cicar than this �m���� �� �� ��� �� ��� �m����� �f the original document, /' - '-- � . '~ \wF'1 } .__� mrilli{T(m A'3 |. Attached floor plans have been generated based upon existin The general contractor sHaU[eYi8YY the scope Of VYork OOtHv the Architect UYUiSC[3DGDC|es between the drawings end the field conditions. 2. All changes in D[o!eCtSCDD8 due to contractor generated alternatives or existing field conditions shall he transmitted to th9 Architect for approval prior (Dinstall- ation. 3. The general contractor shall be responsible for Installation of owner furnished items 'Sited, The contractor Gh8`|hW [QoDODSih'e for proper Installation of the Items & contact the [) YYDe[fnthe event Ofconflicts prior t«Installation. 4]DstOU all low voltage wiring prior tO painting O/CQU\pO. � . SDGC|UC0UOD ;or dressing FDOO1 coat hooks: Forms 4- Surfaces, Neoprene, wAF25 Qty.: W 6. Specification for dressing room mirror: Alum metal edge, full width X4['2`A O|U'4' • • ---- |----/ ' M EQ. ' ^�� / ' 1----4- / �—.-- — —| 5 2 | --� � ` ^'^----^^^ T v�� �� � ' | 1 �- / / ! 5 0 | ,°." /^ � � ' J _ �| ' HOLD ' ' ' I � ~~ '-`~� N�TR' �wn�r�$hxVO���N�EmthOeU RD ( / --|// ���� \ --� �-�' �----- / L : : ) i j / �� +- M �� TU � . } �� � ll ` / � / �w���m ^ ~ ' . �. x� / 4 • "c ' `�� NS `��VS�4 ' -�� 1 ��-_= � "=w�� | U ` / ^ / ■ ` ~ 4 { | 1 �~ -�~ � ~~~~_� � | ' ! �*�-5^-�"f~�2-S^- � ! / ' ' . / Mr . New Well ?uSkux;ure.3/(2` Mil. Stud N//5/M`GahEa.Side New Well T$Structure, 6^MKS<Ud Well W/ S/8` Type 'X', RWB Ono Side, My Landlord. Provide Sound Belt. Insulation. ------- New WoUTn8�O^3 MIL S\udwVUWi60^GwUE SounU Bell. insulation. New partition well 0^6*-O'.3\/2'MK Stud well */5/0^GW8 Ea. side. 1 HOLD , 1`0^ (HOLD) Fur well 00ond structural bracing —4'-0' �' | Access Door Above 12' Track •9'O' - Banner 0^ (J)[vn. ___ � ! 4 takti Vir � Junction Box Tn Power Pole By Others _Provide 2 circuits ^ |^Communication Conduit � hvuxOuvt 1 . `. Pr Ids CVmmunicoUon Conduit TnCmoUwmp Well Sconce wa� `AFF -� ' 1 '' ^ Center ' ' � ` � | � . -- - - ^ - '-' -- 1 ... II \ osedCN PVN�� �" Clg. } -',rovNn`J^ Box For Fu�mTn�vhWn H ''- |OO' ---—--*� � |{ --� ' :! � - � ! | " �_ -� /__'_ r....."^ "- �u",,/ With Dressing ma n ^�~~ Room Ooom ' � [iI�[iTTT�{][��[ID . \ °" "`^^^ ^^ --- /| |' / 1 � tgp' _._.___t - � �m* N„. \ • -4.ccess Door I; Above tilomm•lows , ^ -~111010111 m | '�--J ,~-- G*UC8Nng @8'-V^ Provide ~' � --- FVn well around structure! bracing ENGINEER �]�� m� mu �� �� �n �E Ca z� Lo (l�� 61 g� �� 91 GI +1 CI EL u /�| 6 m L. 9 � � c � 1 °� r` - - ~,~ � `~ - - - � - - ' i i! J U�! • . , '� • ~.� • ��� • ' , . • � ^_` • ' ,� ' � • |' hthn - __ Ma�_ 5U D� ���/ -________________ __ ____�_ A 6 3'MUmstrIc0|FWnr.Strip I'30w 30 180 ML M» 8'-4" CL ---'-----'----------- --__- __-__'_.-- -_ _____ ..... _ - ----- -- --' 1-40w | 40 ' W4O MI 0 W��`CL O1gh1\�h%$ ' --- ---'-- -' ---- ---- -'- 1'30* ` JV ! 180 Clusters O:(3) ' ! | Bright White / � MI a 10.5'; l2.0'. 13 F A 21 4'N0u8trbm|F�m.Strip 7 6 3'NdV¢8ic87Fbnr.Strip D 3 M'hndu8trie![ Nor. Stilo � . _ - _________ V E ^�~ | 1 0 GhoDco � `� ~���� . 0 0 ~-^~~_--_. TottI SF (Store: 2100 �oW�Vf M 6` �400 D Total �s _ Finish Legend ° - S [8) Manufacturer ode\ i i p iJ 7 --------------- } --�-- tM --- SEALED � | CONCRETE T'1 TILE(CONG.} '""'''^"n ��i�� RHUROLACK � |2^%IT^. BLACK GROUT �HEETY|NYL RF-1 LONSEAL /LONFLOOR FL�OR|NG RUBBER FLOOR RF~3 PACIFIC MATT CO SAN-EZE MATT ' R8'1 RUBBER BASE RgpPE 4* COVE BASE � BLACK RETA�SALES AREA ' | -'---- ----------- ------------'--�--------------'i- ---'-------- ' ^-------- M|R'| [ MIRROR i CLEAR PROVIDE ALUMINUM _TRIM _ BOTH VE_�T|[Ai&HOR(IO4TAL PAINT PARKER LATEXE NAM EL | •5470W (LT. GRAY) EGGSHELL FINISH P-2 PAINT -- [ P-3 | PAINT PARKER ) i�TFX ( -� -' _ _ ~ - ____�_ _-- -' _--__' _�_ P-4 | PAINT PARKER LATEX ENAMEL -' P~5 | PAINT ALKYD ENAMEL Door Schedule - ----- - - ---- --- -----' - OU ---'--' '---- --'- --- -- ' - DR | SIZE } THICK STYLE FINISH FRAME ( ` JAI 'HEAD RATING COMMENTS / . --'---f---------------' '-------'�--'-----�-----'-�-- -'--'- _--i_-_-. L _--L� _-'i_-'- -- --' ""`..^., GRILLE ^ / / ����� . .�- _- - "al °/ , � ..' / _N A. i ' ` ' ___� m r _ _�-�! " � ^ / �_'L ��'--�'_ J9�-_�j_M8---_L-� - U��8�ONJR� P-2 - | } i i Mo(�\ r ! * | �&'5 �/�'� i u^ 20 m* . . . ROLUNG GR�LE ---- P-2 7�0` 1-314' � ��/W 2 0 � _�__--- 3 3.-0 3. X 7�A^ | i'3k� SCA p`2 | ' � � 0` X � 7 3�oX 4 8 } | � ' WwU T�h ' �32h. | 132 396 ( ML o* |0`0^ Tubes | | 10O W A19 | 100 10O0 ML � P8r PNDN�s 4 HnWw1)632W/ O5VWMR16/NFL � 50 200 Canter Feed, |2'OAL ~^^'--^^~-~ 12717 Mb temp Heider 4_ OS0VYMR\6/NFL | 50 750 Horizontal SF 12V 8U0 ' - -' ���� Bridge | 5upoUot Cunon1(3O6)622�437 Yn�nUS��m8MNn¢oP-SV i | Michael VY 15 5F1%V,knc.3VOe% Transformer � 12V, Inc. SF13V hnx 300Y/nKTrons(mnnor U20w4MR16/NFL ' 20 / 160 ' Vw��ot Mount ' | SF \2V, Inc. Ho�Uo0B�don � i Supplier: Cunovt(2Oh)622�433 Ve�nUSN�0mMNodoP'20 i ! Mbhnp! -------------- -- __ ' -_� .-�_-____ . 4 HV�wH~Y499T/|493 GSOWMR\6/NFi 50 20O 22 H8�wLY7]5M0 Q5O OAR 50 i|O0 Custom Mounting Niel A_ o��!6SO Series Mini Track. Melt �*rmr� ,� } ,^=.",. . _ ..,,,.~,~ . ' � . '� � �� --- - - HuUV�� ~uwD2�VH�l4SP 10 ' , ! �SOWUTL H | 250 2500 / Mont 12' | 1 HALO' *H2S�1 22wRoundFNo� � 25 25 ' | +- -�� 7HOMPSON i PETR4 PARKER LATEX ENAMEL 1 5470W 5 ' ! � | BY LANDLORD | � � 6 --1 6 2�8^X 4'-2' � 1-314' SCA� ! . P'� WD p'� ' 5 � 6/4'� NA | | / '�---'-- ------ �---�---+----�---' 1 _�----------'-- ' I-314' / SC0� p WO P-4 ' _ 1 } - - . -i--�' -- Metal | p'2 | Color '9 STONE ------- BLACK *5473W • METAiLiCS|LVER ___-.- '-_-- __ ____ Notes CU? TOFJ CASH\YRAPAREA. PRO VIDE TRANSITION RAMP GLOSS FINISH m5473\�kiED. GRAY > FLAT FINISH GLOSS FINISH SUMB/TSAMPLE � | SIA-5 i �/A'� | N� i 3O min �---- �-- ----'F-'--'-i'-- - - --_- { - � I 51A'5 5/A'5 } yO min. | � ] ' N4 ' - . - 4 s�o^ � 7�o^ | . ~- � �~.. " . � �'^-' . ' � � o/�'s s/�'s - ''.'- | 5 ' 64'5 . / | NA . . �------- � N A � ! ■-• � HandtopAncnnn CITY OF TUKAP A MI6 I &ig '' ��=�^o�,-��'/�.x��� _= sa� .�. 61100 Terminal Avenue, i 2 M URPHY I 1 1 1 1 /Ai�EV a 5 V 11 9 448-2690 �wrwwrr V V Sagas Building ---- -# rws+w.r -. _ • _ \ ! \ ;fsRt t ,, 9 8 1 0 ._ _rrw.r_rrr.wrs.wwrr.w A 0 'J T U ...._..., ._ ....._......r._.. _• .r•wrrwrwun+�._.. K C V ��1 W I L _ r..•�.w.._.ti _. + I H E. 3 j ENT A , W A S H I N G - � 2 T O _ . �.. wr. _ wrvr_wr.w�� �__ ! A LL N _.�.. • ._ ._.. _ ... urrrrr....+w +l+ w.. � r. r �� . rar w. w . wwr rra. e�fr.. r�w� w+ a. r,.rgtM.r•..�. vw .wr.+....rr..w.r�tr.w++r. +rrr• .wo.�r• JOB NUMBER DRAWN B Y . CHECKED BY: I , 1 ------- - -._ _ - -. _-1 . ENGINEER REVISIONS .._........._ w✓■M+w.w.r IN TE R 10 R E L E V A T I O N S 1 E G ; 1 �7 N s . I.. --, — -_- I ISSUE DATE: rj - -- - -_- ... -___ l �.._ __ .._.. .d...�.... �. i r8 I 1 ---- _ .__ l___._ .._.....r.._.. ....,�.•.�...�._•••• r...,.. ••• •.0.r•••• ....•••••••...• _.. Oscoraitve Wall Unit SIG CK.Ett1QL1_ e 1 rl■ � 4,`0 ^ le:',.....i Yrww .Pjl • !; I. flirt• 1 'i l r ' t '1. ! I I, 1 ! i 0' -6' ia�••ai, t ivs•.. - iir. - a;. Fiat. - _a 1lfr tnl t lt..1.Zs: t f r _ - {{ 1r As•-..•• ♦ .. \.. „, f YYYrST TrY'Y • { { [111 =' f•fYIT • Mi -0r A.•L1A.Z2 . • ran• s f 33 (P -5 Ong Suspended Ceiling Llnit ,�- Truss For Banners (3) Loc.; T.O.T. c 14•-0• ,_.. Vi i• tJ J.`._t.,' 3 WV rlo r -r rYZ Y 11111I F• •=rr 11 WV” nrr.ssr s fsllrf 4/4w.w 4 • uA.A. Cable lights .u... 2x12 Backing -- E 1 lye. 1 F re•riore-lo C {Y.•Yr•{ YYY ; %5 . si.1 cr a..a • WIN Mall Ceiling EC 10 NI SCALE: 1/4 A 1•± i E\/ A T 1. fl 1� i /3 R I.. L-. L. Y / 1 1 1 L 1 1 SCALE: 1 /4 "= 1 ' 7 0' 314' ptywoor; shelves -� ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 1 t59 Nola: Provide Backing ForShieiring System Gwtt Pneste4 Comers on Mirrors Return Mirrors on Side 8-1 P-3 -.1 i __==r - .. -t-r, . z : —r+ • • '0'-6' LIRE uS1K RIL SJD: r. R n v. 1 Unlstrut Track Support J l \� \\ \ \ II il il t \ ..... ..7........,._..... II i . 1 . ..,S , -.� �.____:11,7."- . r- - - a.,.:._ f . II _.` ^7 i. "'I v r_r ;M4_•X- i"''•.:'= '9.' :- �'Y; i lI_ { li Hanging Liar 314 plywood shelves E LE V N �....� S 60 l „ II 11111111 Q 16 3E5 INCH 1 Reeves Shelring System — Alum. Corners on Mirrors Return Mirrors on Side • .; t a.i r1 iE:•'r ;;;r7: re I I P -3 11111111H1111111111 2 Hvec Ducts (3 n:. onized 1'laturai --, Rubbber Base $-i ) Tissue Paper Dispenser Handicap Grab Bars RESHGGr'i ELF VA.TiO NS SCALE: 1/4 1' -0r I C I IIIi�IIIIiII 1111 IIIIIIiI►I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1llii1! NOTE; _. 7 . _ a_. If the microfilmed document is leas clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of the original document. oc 6Z 9C Le 9Z Se.. $1Z CZ ZZ lZ OZ 61 91 GI 91 91 bl Cl el It OL Fi B L 9 S 7 £ Z 1.19v4 0 1;1101111111111111111111 h1i!!�ill!�II!!�!!II Iill�ilil!IIII'111! il!h!!I�I ', i, 1 �;!!!I(!;!:J.i.IIl1!! I III I! IlI Ii IIIIl111I1lJt1 J11Jl;III!Illlillllll!1111!Ii Ill! IiIIIIIiIIlllllf !!illill!II1111I!!lllll!I�! IIII IIiIIIiIlIIi1111111'! I��!! iI�III! �iilllll! I�III (�1111'IIiI�III!III!!iIIIIIiI I' I f Exposed Building True 59 ! e8 - .J.:. ( 1 E Flour. Fixtures T- ; -- Light Fixture Type'C•' - mirror Ek Shelf 58.3 r ,4: — Towel Dispenser Mounted On Slde Wal! _ '�. r '? 3��. d: :�cS 7:." �" ._.,s fr.�ltr'sr._ 1I 1111,11 Iy11 11 !I1l11111j11111l1!1111111111t 11t 9 10 11 NA(OE IN GCRN/Jrr 12 �-- M e n C o ilin g . -- Access Door --- `Wing --- --Sign Box -- Giese Display Window NOTE: Ali fixtures and eccessorles to mcct Wash!ngtcn State iiend!cap Code Elevation SCALE: 1 /4 K OVik $ \99 RCCB►ViID CITY OF TUKWILA r, a� 1 19 . • . . _._ , ....... Mall mirrored neutrel soffit. 12 0' Neutral Pier Gwb Sgifit STOREFRON SCALE: 1/2=1 1 J 4 L •••••••••••1•47••■■•••••md , . R C P 7 112'Mln Decorettve FORtUre Recifssed Onwnlignts Light erzteammatz.tem.a.rammab -• • migwv.armora.3 airminvarmsrexar Imo ~WS, wilhwar . _ . SCALE: Ur= r-O' MURPHY v v v ii li 1 il i i .1 „ 11 0 0 0 j VAREY .1 100 Terminal Sales Building 1 932 First Avenue, Seattle, W. 98101 (206) 448-2690 / Decorative Feature ,-- Low Voltage Ceble Lights /' STOREFRONT ELEVATION •••••••■•••••••••••••■••••■••■•=10.1..1■•■■•■••■•••••••■•••••••• — Petra Grille Tube 0-4 •••- Tempered Glass sloull■MibewS Alucobond Soffit ` I . ;;;.■ Air T t DATE (!f • G W 8 Soffit ro) — Acrylic Sign ••■■•■••. t Etched flex WI Bluo Nevi Alucobond Wing Form See 11A5 01011111.••• erg' er ^n••••••••6-.....101[71.1V . . . . . . ........ . •' • 'In if! Ith rieliTile • • • • • . ' • • • • • " ...... . ...•...•...•.....- • ... \\--- Leese Line STC: . =.EFRONT PLAN SCALE: 112" 1 • I! I 11 5.11 nALL A 73 0 V E 1 1 1.41111• 5 0 Li 1 ,H Lr] E , ki ,— Sign Box See 21A5 7 A5 •-• Coble Lighting Muillnlass Glees TUKWILA, WASHINGTON S.S Bess .dr0',"; 40 0)39/ Z,4 WO ,11400. • • " t• • • , Veneer Piaster Over Ggp Bese M ell Tile ; Niutrel Pier --- tn1Wfth M ell Tlie Extend To Ceiling 4 EL. +9'-6* Paint Soffit P-1 Steel Channel Cross Support Grille Recessed downlIght Security System, Bg Others 0 I N./ I 0 161" INC" 3 4 A.11.1.1■01.0..M.I.M. — — 3 • 0'-9' Recessed Tfeck Light Grille Tube P-4 JUB NUMBER: DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: ISSUE DATE: 6.12.92 0-2 U2 PI AN VIEW @ SHOW WINDOWS SCALE: 1-112 r-0" Steinless Steel Base [ I 11 1 1 11 1 4 . ;•"! 7 notice,itisclustothequalityatheorigistadocument. IIIIIII1111111111i111111111 111111111111111111111111 liplitlf 5 6 7 8 6 • N this I r ••••■••••■■■•■••••••■•••••=wolneollio.nds,....04,1.11...... ,..•■■•.....................••••••••••rave roe - Gw B Support Brace Paini Soffit P-4 4x 4 n P.4 Tempered Gluing ENGINEER Cable Lighting System 0 Sifp Joint Structure _,-- Support Tube M ell Bend ----- Mali Soffli Support Acrylic Sign Neon Illum. Mcii Sign Box See 2IA-5 10 11 "D (1 ' 00)4 ' 411 ' 12 06 6Z 8 G La 9Z Ga. CZ Za LZ oe. 61. 91. Lt 91. St •71. et Z1. lt 01, 6 8 4 9 5.; C Hr. 0 , . _ • ... • . . ; .• . • . . • . • • . • .0, • •.• • • • 111 It WI 111.11 Milli I I 1, I I I I it I 11 . 110 Ill I !II 111111111 I 11 ! I 111 1 1 1.1.1" 11 i 0111111 • 01 1 HO 1. 111,11i! 10111 I I I I STOREFRE NT SECTION @ ENTRY SCALE: 112 I NOTE: All storefront must be I supported from the floor, hanging from overheed structure Is not permitted amino ■•■••./ndllo,.411 .11•1•••■■•••••••••••■•••••••••••••••• REVISIONS EL. i•12 EL. 66 c t "..•;t; ledull.sirlrfs...••■••••miemanol wan i ■••••■1.101,411■•• 41.1.0.1•MilleND ix I S.S. Channel -------- Mirror Bend EL. 13'-0* — -- — Steel Channel Cruse Support A!ucobond Feature See 11A-2 _4E PeInt Soffit P-1 Stainless SteelBasc Between Glass And Cebie System Extend Soffit To Ceiling - 58 R r 17 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS PLANS SICREFRONT SF SCALE: 1/2'.71'-0' Neutral Pier — — Cable Lighting Sgstem ss N, t , N -- Decorative Feature, Provide Backing PANT 0 -4 --- Moil Bend — M0115011 Support MallMirror Band Gwb Soffit 0 "••, ----- Line Or Column Beyond ION @, DISPLAY Paint Vertical F-4 RECEIVED CITY OF TLIKVAR AV6 I 31992 Backing As Required, _ Coordinate With Fabricator 1'_0 ENTRY SOFFIT - - 1' - 10 - -� v. Steel column bgi COLUMN DETAIL Sealant, Ea. Side - -- -_ Rubber Bese [IiI WALL DETAIL Gwb Soffit, St, 6 Sht A -4 Aluminum Support Bracket r M 1 stud provide by L.L. 1 1 olumn To S.uppo;* t Banner Truss Above 5 /8" Type 'X' Gwb On 3 5/8" Metal Stud Framing. To Structure Above. — Beam Fire Enclosure By L.L, - - Slip Joint By L.L. .---- Provide Sound Batt Insulation 5/8" Fire Gwb From The Floor To Underside Of Beam Casing •---- Mtl Studs Provide By L.L. Repair As Required WALL- DETAILS orommaitoenorafweadgraftrwoomnat • E.LEY.A110.11 ❑ ❑ V� V ARE Y *1100 Terminal Sales Building 1932 First Avenue, Seattle, We. 98101 (206) 448-2690 Structure COLUMN DETAIL 5/8' Gwb __-- = "----- —_ Type 'X' 3 -5/0' Mti. Stud --- on 24' G.C. P • • • �-- Alucobond Panels, Clear Finish 1 L Structural steel column by L.L. 1' -1' -0" I -Hour Wall Assembly per UBC 43-B: 2 1 WALL DETAIL � 5�is - REGISiEf•�D � / I %i i . i, i ' ▪ r ,1'f'!it • , • Button Head Fasteners W/ Hex Drive, Space Eq. On Radius Slip Joint See 12 /A-5 -7 -- Base As indicated On Finish Schedule 5-1.1 • 1 \\\ • • • �-- Cut Out For Signege, Coordinate W/ Slgnoge Menut". • • • s �- -- - 1' -1 o' 5/8" Fire rated drywail on 3 5/8" metal stud framing. To structure 1 above - 3x3 Steel Column To Support Bonner Truss Above See 9/A-5 5/8' Gwb Type'X' 3-5/8' MtL Stud ---- on24'O.C. • I -Hour CIg . Wall Assembly per UBC 43-C: *21. _.._1 WALL DETAIL Scale 1 -1/2" A8LJVE THE ERE SLJUTH UTHEENI ER �I�ll{�I +i�i!I�I�I�ill�lf 1�1!I�iili111�JII�1111111! 0 to THS ikcH 3 o c 6Z 84 LZ 9Z 9Z bZ 1 11!11111!1lli!Iliffl 111111 1111111!11111 111 • t- • - --- Door ` ----- Hollow Metal Frame (Paint) DOOR JAMB - MTL. 5 /8" Gwb On 3 5 /8" Mtl. Stud 4,..+4441.001•444444.1M.41 mow 4434: 4444111 -- Sound Batt. Insulation ---- Base As Indicated On Finish Schedule V A TUKWILA, WASI-- -IINGTD NI ' 1/2" Plywood, Fire Treated - 3 -5/8" Mtl. Stud on 24' O.C. -- - - -�I. * 0.1 - 0 - - - - --- 2 lagers of 5/8" Gwb, Type 'X' SIC.I 0.N_ Door 1/ ----- Shim [ ,c Door Frame -1 /2" x1 -1/2" Paint --- 2x Blocking — 5/8" Gwb On 3 5/8 Mtl. Stud 6 DOOR JAMB -WOOD ace {e: 1 1 /2": ' -0" CHECKED BY: JOB NUMBER: [i 2g DRAWN BY: ISSUE DATE: L _:' 2-.9 2 - --� CD_SIGNAGE BC)X - - - -Mtl. Corner Bead ✓ at PART NT. WALL DETAIL 3 -5/8" Mti. stud /- GeIv, Steel Facing / /--- Etched Acrylic Parameter f //-- Blue Neon Letters, 0L'l1ne Etched Acrylic Letters, Clear Stand-offs Removable Back MDF Sign Box, Painted - Ix; Steel Angle Brackets, (4) Total, Painted Black N N - -- Aluminum Soffit Form CWB Soffit, See SHT A -4, Provide Backing As Required Window System Channel S.S. Angle 4' S.S• "4 - Mall Floor Tile -- WINDOW DISPLAY CASE DETAIL Scale 1 1 /2" = 1'-0" NOTE: Confirm clearance around brace for utilites 5/8" Gwb Base As indicated On Finish Schedule ENGINEER 4' - 112' Tempered Glazing Blocking WALL DETAIL REVISIONS 7--1 /2' Md1 W/ Eased Edge, Paint P-4 O.N]I.Q.1..... -Store Tile -- 5/8' Type 'X' GWB 111 1Ell1il�1 Ii�I�lil {l�iltjl!131�i�iItIJ�II lei! 1�11i�ill�i !iRI�I�IIiIi +F`-tr Ifilil I I!II IIIi!l ililillllillI lIIilllli 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 fU M OCR144A. 12 NOTE: If the microfilmed document is less clear than this notice, it is due to the quality of tti,a original document. O j � ZZ IZ p` 61. 81. .t 9l GI nt et Zt ct p1, 6 8 c 9 5 e Z t. M,W 0 I� I 1 I 'il''I!!!I I I ! I ! ( I I ' + II ' '1' 01 l J! III I k ti) I 1 hi 111 i 11111111111111111111111111141111111111111i1.1101 !i 11 it III 1 I I�i!1!III!I•il Ili ll !11!111 tiJul L,Ilill 1 t.11!.ii111 Iill .I1111!li III 'iiilllll,IIi1 L'II;IL,,1�11 .li, lil. II•III!II i,lil•.ilJl�, 111 I��tiii; I II,;L i,,, ,J.11�1! Button Head Fasteners W /.Hex Drive, Space Eq, J - Beam Fire Enclosure By L.L. - Slip Joint See 12 /A-5 3-5/8" Mil Studs Mail Exterior Wall ...s...r.alw n.•► , .101.01.1 . •01130711:•••51011 •}W.M8111010MY•41•1■01.11MOMMOPM•6.••■illtaltiage•P•M1=0,1 irtuarchmorma .I:011...s.._..,.t>egm.aa.. 11'-2" NOTES: i )Neon Tube 12mm Diameter, Neo Blue 2) Transformer to be Dimmable. 3) Overall Length of Letters, 10' -7' Gypsum Bess W/ Plaster Veneer -\ Structure Structural "K" Brace BY L.L. Mail Tile, Trimmed MALL BASE DETAIL Scale 1-1/2' 1 Mtl, Trim A 5 3-5/8' Mtl. Studs - S /8' 6WR r 0 -4 L. i• r-771'4 :. � 3/4' Atr Space • 1 TSLIP JOINT 2 E7 1 l ' -2 . 3/4' Air Space ' -- 5 /6 Type 'X' Gwb ELLV_r .DCLN �- Structure �-- Cold Roil Charnel Harz. Brace 3-5/8' Mtl. Stud r - 24' Deep Steel Truss Manta .0111.16.1[0. - - Mail Column 9 BANNER TRUSS SUPPORT Scale 1 -1 /2" _• 1'-0" Anchor Plate Arai Attachment With Slip Joint 3x3 Tube Steel l /4° Base Plate Nate: Typical (6) Locations RECEIVED CITY Cif' TUUKWILA AUG i3 1922